As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2007

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 2008

Registration No. 333-146838

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


POST-EFFECTIVE

Amendment No. 1

to

FORM S-1

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT
under
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


GLOWPOINT, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

 

4813

 

77-0312442

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code
Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

 

Glowpoint, Inc.

225 Long Avenue

Hillside, NJ 07205

(312) 235-3888
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)


David W. Robinson, Esq.

General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Glowpoint, Inc.

225 Long Avenue

Hillside, NJ 07205

Phone: (312) 235-3888/Fax: (973) 556-1272

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)


with a copy to:

Cheryl A. Gorman, Esq.
Gibbons P.C.
One Penn Plaza
New York, New York 10119
Phone: (973) 596-4500/Fax: (973) 639-8305





Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: From time to time after the effective date of this Registration Statement, as determined by the selling stockholders.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. ý

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer ¨

Accelerated filer ¨

 

 

Non-accelerated filer  ¨ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Smaller reporting company ý


The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

This Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 is submitted to reflect the following items:


·

Include the audited financial statements for the two fiscal years ending December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, as filed by the Registrant on Form 10-K on March 27, 2007, and include such other disclosures as set forth in such Form 10-K;


·

To reflect the amended disclosures required of or permitted by a “smaller reporting company” (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended); and


·

Include a new consent of Amper, Politziner & Mattia, P.C., the Registrant’s independent registered public accounting firm.








The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION

GLOWPOINT, INC.

15,924,902 Shares

Common Stock

This prospectus relates to the resale of up to an aggregate of 15,924,902 shares of our common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, that may be offered from time to time by the selling stockholders identified on page 67 of this prospectus. The shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus may be acquired by the selling stockholders (i) upon the exercise of the Series A Warrants and Series A-2 Warrants issued by us in connection with private placements in March 2006, April 2006 and September 2007 (collectively, the “Private Placements”) and issued in connection with amending the terms of the notes and transaction documents from the March 2006 and April 2006 private placements; and (ii) upon the exercise of the placement agent warrants and advisory warrants issued by us to the designees and assigns of Burnham Hill Partners, a division of Pali Capital, Inc. (“Burnham Hill Partners”), in connection with the Private Placements and financial advice related thereto.

We are registering these shares of our common stock for resale by the selling stockholders named in this prospectus, or their transferees, pledgees, donees or successors. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of these shares by the selling stockholders. We may, however, receive proceeds from the exercise of the warrants upon exercise, if they are exercised. These shares are being registered to permit the selling stockholders to sell shares from time to time in the public market, in amounts, at prices and on terms determined at the time of offering. The timing and amount of any sale are within the sole discretion of the selling shareholders. The selling stockholders may sell this common stock through ordinary brokerage transactions, directly to market makers of our shares or through any other means described in the section entitled “Plan of Distribution” beginning on page 77.

Before purchasing any of the shares covered by this prospectus, carefully read and consider the risk factors in the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 3.

Our common stock is quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol “GLOW.” On March 20, 2008, the last reported sales price of our common stock was $0.55 per share.

Our principal executive offices are located at 225 Long Avenue, Hillside, New Jersey 07205, and our telephone number at that address is (312) 235-3888.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved the sale of this common stock or determined that the information in this prospectus is accurate and complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is      , 2008.







TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

1

Our Company

1

The Offering

2

RISK FACTORS AND UNCERTAINTIES

3

Risks Relating To Our Securities

3

Risks Related to Our Business

7

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

12

USE OF PROCEEDS

12

MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS

13

Dividend Policy

13

Stock Performance Graph

14

OUR BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES

15

Overview

15

Glowpoint Services and Features

19

Intellectual Property

25

Sales and Marketing

29

Customers

30

Employees

30

Competition

30

Our Properties

31

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

32

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

33

Overview

33

Going Concern

34

Critical Accounting Policies

34

Results of Operations

36

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

43

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

44

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

45

MANAGEMENT

47

Director and Executive Officer Information

47

Biographies

47

Board of Directors, Board Committees and Meetings

49

Director Compensation

49

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

51

General Compensation Philosophy

51

Components of Compensation

51

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

53

Summary Compensation Table

53

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

55

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

56

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

57

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change-in-Control

57

Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m) Limitation

59

Compensation Committee Interlocks And Insider Participation

59

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

60

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

62

DESCRIPTION OF REGISTERED STOCK; OUR CAPITAL STOCK

62

Common Stock

62

Preferred Stock

63

Anti-Dilution Provisions in Senior Secured Notes, Series C Preferred Stock and Warrants

64

Anti-Takeover Effect

64

Anti-takeover Effects of Delaware Law Provisions

65

Transfer Agent and Registrar

65

Trading

65





LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION MATTERS

66

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

66

Future Sale of Shares

66

SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

67

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

77

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

79

CHANGES OF ACCOUNTANTS

79

EXPERTS

79

LEGAL MATTERS

79

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

80

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

F-1

 

This prospectus is a part of the registration statement that we filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The selling stockholders named in this prospectus may from time to time sell the securities described in this prospectus.

This prospectus includes market share and industry data and forecasts that we obtained from internal company surveys, market research, consultant surveys, publicly available information and industry publications and surveys. Industry surveys, publications, consultant surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but there can be no assurance as to the accuracy and completeness of such information. We have not independently verified any of the data from third-party sources nor have we ascertained the underlying economic assumptions relied upon therein. Similarly, internal company surveys, industry forecasts and market research, which we believe to be reliable based upon our knowledge of the industry, have not been verified by any independent sources. In addition, we do not know what assumptions regarding general economic growth were used in preparing the forecasts we cite.

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. The common stock is not being offered in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of the common stock.






PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Because this is a summary, it is not complete and does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. For a more complete understanding of us and this offering of our common stock, we encourage you to read this prospectus in its entirety, especially the risks of investing in our common stock discussed under “Risk Factors” and our consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Our Company

Glowpoint, Inc. ("Glowpoint" or "we" or "us" or “the Company”), a Delaware corporation, is a premiere broadcast-quality, IP (Internet Protocol)-based managed video services provider. Our mission is to improve the ease-of-use, cost-effectiveness, functionality, and quality of existing video communications in order to make it an integral and ubiquitous part of everyday business and personal communications. We believe video communications should be as easy and spontaneous to use as your telephone, but with the power of face-to-face communication.

We view our services as analogous to cellular service providers in the cellular telephone industry. Regardless of the cellular phone purchased, users must select a cellular service provider to make it work. Users make that service decision based on the features, reliability and price offered by the service provider. In our industry, regardless of the video conferencing equipment purchased, Glowpoint provides the managed video services to make it work. In doing so, we offer a vast array of managed video services, including video application services, managed network services, IP and ISDN videoconferencing services, multi-point conferencing (bridging), technology hosting and management, and professional services. We provide these services to a wide variety of companies, from large enterprises and governmental entities to small and medium-sized businesses. Glowpoint is exclusively focused on high quality two-way video communications and has been supporting millions of video calls since its launch in 2000. We have bundled some of our managed services to offer video communication solutions for broadcast/media content acquisition and for video call center applications. With the advent of HD (High Definition) Telepresence solutions, we have combined various components of our features and services into a comprehensive “white glove” service offering that can support virtually any of the telepresence solutions on the market today.

Glowpoint’s managed video services are hardware agnostic, supporting all recognized video standards. As a result, we have become the global video interconnection point, linking together “islands of video” across third party networks (e.g., AT&T, SBC, Qwest and others), protocols (e.g., H320, H323, IP, SIP, and VoIP), and devices (e.g., desktop, laptop, and mobile phone). Glowpoint’s services provide users with a consistent experience - regardless of how they are connecting or where they are connecting from.

Glowpoint’s managed video services involve two major components, the Glowpoint video applications services and the Glowpoint network services. The video application services are network agnostic and may be leveraged by customers on any QOS (Quality of Service) network that supports two-way video transport. The Glowpoint network services leverage the Glowpoint network, a multiple protocol layer switching (MPLS) QOS network that is dedicated to high-quality two-way video transport built and managed by Glowpoint. The Glowpoint network is exclusively dedicated to IP-based video communications, which allows us to optimize performance and routing of video and audio packets so as to offer broadcast quality images with telephony-like reliability, features and ease-of-use. The Glowpoint network spans 11 points of presence (POPs), with POPs in the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom and Australia. A unique feature of the Glowpoint network is its sophisticated gatekeeper infrastructure and configuration along with its patent-pending call control capabilities, which enable customers to seamlessly connect to nearly any standards-based video communications user, whether they are still using ISDN or the Internet, across the United States as well as to virtually any major city around the world. Since videoconferencing users typically can only communicate to others on the same service, Glowpoint is bridging these isolated islands of video and making video communications more ubiquitous.



1



The Offering

This prospectus relates to the resale of up to an aggregate of up to 15,924,902 shares of our common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, that may be offered from time to time by the selling stockholders identified on page 67 of this prospectus. Based on the March 20, 2008 closing sale price of our common stock of $0.55 per share as reported on the OTC Bulletin Board, these registered shares would have a total value of approximately $8,758,700. The shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus may be acquired by the selling stockholders as follows:

Ø

up to 14,490,822 shares of common stock are issuable to various selling stockholders upon the exercise of the Series A Warrants and the Series A-2 Warrants issued by us in connection with the Private Placements and issued in connection with amending the terms of the notes and transaction documents from the March 2006 and April 2006 private placements (the “Amendment”), all of which have an exercise price of $0.65 per share.

Ø

up to 1,434,080 shares of common stock are issuable upon the exercise of the placement agent warrants and advisory warrants issued by us to the designees and assigns of Burnham Hill Partners in connection with the Private Placements and the Amendment, which includes 1,184,080 warrants with an exercise price of $0.55 per share and 250,000 warrants with an exercise price of $0.65 per share.

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock offered by the selling stockholders. We may, however, receive proceeds from the selling stockholders in connection with the exercise of the warrants, if they are exercised. Any proceeds we receive from the selling stockholders upon their exercise of the warrants to purchase the shares of common stock included in the shares that are being offered by them hereunder will be used by the Company for general working capital.

The timing and amount of any sale are within the sole discretion of the selling shareholders. The selling stockholders may sell this common stock through ordinary brokerage transactions, directly to market makers of our shares or through any other means described in the section entitled “Plan of Distribution” beginning on page 77.

In the Private Placements, we issued Senior Secured Convertible Notes Due March 31, 2009 (“Senior Secured Notes”) with an initial aggregate principal of $9,718,000, bear interest at 10% per annum (12% after the first anniversary of issuance), and are convertible into such number of shares of our common stock as is determined by dividing the outstanding principal balance of such notes by the conversion price of the notes, which is currently $0.50. See “DESCRIPTION OF REGISTERED STOCK; OUR CAPITAL STOCK AND SECURITIES—Senior Secured Notes.” Also in the September 2007 private placement, we issued 474.8126 shares of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series C Preferred Stock”) in exchange for all of our outstanding Series B preferred stock, the interest accrued thereon, and shares of common stock owned by the holders of our Series B preferred stock. The Series C Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference equal to its stated value, which is $10,000 per share, and is convertible at the holder’s election into that number of shares of common stock resulting from dividing the liquidation preference by the conversion price, which is currently $1.00. Therefore, the Series C Preferred Stock effectively converts into common stock at a rate of 1 to 10,000 shares. Presently there are 474.8126 shares of Series C Preferred Stock outstanding, which are convertible into 4,748,126 shares of common stock. See “DESCRIPTION OF REGISTERED STOCK; OUR CAPITAL STOCK AND SECURITIES—Preferred Stock.

The above-described notes, preferred stock and warrants contain anti-dilution provisions that may result in a reduction of the conversion and exercise prices if we issue shares in the future for consideration below the existing conversion or exercise prices. Such anti-dilution provisions may cause a decrease in the voting power and value of your investment in our shares. See “DESCRIPTION OF REGISTERED STOCK; OUR CAPITAL STOCK AND SECURITIES—Anti-Dilution Provisions in Senior Secured Notes, Preferred Stock and Warrants.” In connection with the Private Placements, we filed a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 22, 2007 and agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause it to become effective on within 90 days of filing and remain effective thereafter. In December 2007, we amended the registration rights agreement to only require registration of the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus and relieving us of the obligation to register the shares underlying the Senior Secured Notes and underlying the Series C Preferred Stock. The registration statement was declared effective on January 22, 2008. This post-effective amendment is filed to include our audited financial statements for each of the two fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 and to reflect such other amended disclosures required of or permitted by a “smaller reporting company” (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended).



2



On March 20, 2008, there were 46,389,673 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding, of which approximately 74.4% are held by persons other than the selling stockholders, affiliates of the Company, or affiliates of the selling stockholders. The 15,924,902 shares being offered represent approximately 34.3% of the shares outstanding and approximately 46.1% of the outstanding shares held by persons other than the selling stockholders, affiliates of the Company, or affiliates of the selling stockholders. Assuming all of the 15,924,902 shares offered in this Offering were issued and outstanding, they would represent approximately 25.6% of our resulting shares outstanding. Assuming no other change in current share ownership percentages, persons other than the selling stockholders, affiliates of the Company, or affiliates of the selling stockholders would own approximately 55.4% of the resulting shares issued and outstanding.

RISK FACTORS AND UNCERTAINTIES

Glowpoint’s business faces numerous risks, including those set forth below or those described elsewhere in this prospectus or in our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The risks described below are not the only risks that we face, nor are they necessarily listed in order of significance. Other risks and uncertainties may also affect our business. Any of these risks may have a material adverse effect on Glowpoint’s business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

Risks Relating To Our Securities

We need future capital to refinance our existing obligations and for working capital.  If we are able to raise additional capital, it may dilute our existing stockholders or restrict our ability to operate our business. If we are unable to refinance our existing obligations, it would have a material adverse effect on the Company.

Our working capital requirements continue to be significant. To date, we have been dependent primarily on the net proceeds of private placements of convertible debt and equity securities. Our 10% Senior Secured Convertible Notes (“Senior Notes”) issued in March and April 2006 and September 2007 (collectively, the “Private Placements”) in aggregate principal amount of $9,718,000, together with additional notes issued to satisfy the quarterly interest payments (“Senior Secured Interest Notes”; together with the Senior Notes, the “Senior Secured Notes”), mature in March 2009. We may not be able to repay such notes at that time and may have to evaluate our options, which include renegotiating the terms and maturity date and issuing new debt or equity to repay the Senior Secured Notes. If we are unable to renegotiate the maturity of the Senior Secured Notes or issue new securities on favorable terms to repay them, it would have a material adverse effect on the Company and we would not have sufficient funds to continue as a going concern.

Furthermore, our working capital requirements depend and will continue to depend on numerous factors, including the timing of revenues, the expense involved in development of our products, realizing cost reductions on our technology, capital improvements and the cost involved in protecting our proprietary rights. Accordingly, the proceeds from our September 2007 financing and our other existing capital resources may not be sufficient to fund our future operations. We currently have no committed sources of, or other arrangements with respect to, additional financing. If additional working capital is required, it may dilute our existing stockholders or restrict our ability to run our business.



3



Our consolidated financial statements are prepared assuming we are a going concern. The accompanying consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from being unable to raise the necessary additional capital, renegotiate or refinance the Senior Secured Notes, and realize projected operational savings.

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern. We have incurred recurring operating losses and negative operating cash flows since our inception including a net loss attributable to common stockholders of $4,924,000 and negative operating cash flows of $1,878,000 for the year ended December 31, 2007. The Company performed an evaluation of its long-lived assets, however, and determined that there is an excess of cash flow on an undiscounted basis over the long-lived carrying amount.  Therefore, the Company believes that no impairment losses were required. At December 31, 2007, we had cash and cash equivalents of $2,312,000, a working capital deficit of $9,092,000 and an accumulated deficit of $178,094,000. These factors raise substantial doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern. In 2006 we commenced a restructuring of the current business (see Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements for further information). We raised capital in March and April 2006 and September 2007, but continue to sustain losses and negative operating cash flows. Assuming we realize all of the savings from our restructured operating activities and assuming we are able to negotiate favorable terms with the authorities regarding our sales and use taxes and regulatory fees, we believe that our available capital as December 31, 2007 will enable us to continue as a going concern during 2008. There are no assurances, however, that those assumptions will be realized. The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from this uncertainty. The potential adjustments that might result include: 

·

Substantial disposition of assets outside the ordinary course of business;

 

·

Externally forced revisions of our operations or similar actions; and

 

·

Restructuring of our debt or a reorganization of our business.


We have reported weaknesses in our internal controls for financial reporting. If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, current and potential stockholders may not be confident in our financial reporting, which would harm our business and the price of our common stock.

Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and effectively prevent fraud. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, our business and operating results could be harmed.



4



We may be required to issue more shares of common stock upon adjustment of the conversion price of our outstanding Series C Preferred and the Senior Secured Notes or the exercise price of our outstanding warrants, resulting in dilution of our existing stockholders.

The conversion or exercise of any of our outstanding preferred stock, Senior Secured Notes, options and warrants will dilute the ownership interests of our stockholders. If we sell common stock or common stock equivalents at a price per share that is below the then-applicable conversion price of our outstanding Series C Preferred Stock and the Senior Secured Notes and/or below the then-applicable exercise price of certain of our outstanding warrants, then the conversion price or exercise price, as the case may be, of such securities may adjust downward and, as a result, the amount of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion or exercise of such securities would increase. As a result of the foregoing, we may be required to issue more shares of common stock than previously anticipated which would result in further dilution of our existing stockholders.

Failure to achieve a minimum EBITDA will increase the interest rate of the Senior Secured Notes, which may result in dilution of our existing stockholders.

All of the Senior Secured Notes bear interest at 10% per annum, increasing to 12% on the first anniversary following their issuance, and mature on March 31, 2009. Beginning in January 2008, the per annum interest rate on the unpaid principal balance of the Senior Secured Notes then in effect shall increase if the Company fails to achieve a minimum adjusted quarterly earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (the “Adjusted EBITDA”) as defined in the Senior Secured Notes. The per annum interest rate shall increase by 200 basis points if the stated quarterly Adjusted EBITDA is not achieved, and such increase will be cumulative for each subsequent quarterly failure to achieve the stated Adjusted EBITDA; provided, however, that the per annum interest rate shall revert to the lower interest rate in the event the Company achieves or exceeds the stated or cumulative minimum Adjusted EBITDA in any subsequent quarterly period. The minimum Adjusted EBITDA required in order to avoid an increased interest rate is: (i) $0 for the quarter ending March 31, 2008; (ii) $1,000,000 for the period commencing on January 1, 2008 and ending on June 30, 2008; (iii) $1,500,000 for the quarter ending September 30, 2008, or $2,500,000 for the period commencing on January 1, 2008 and ending on September 30, 2008; and (iv) $2,000,000 for the quarter ending December 31, 2008, or $4,500,000 for the year ended December 31, 2008.

To date, all interest due on the then-outstanding Senior Notes has been paid by issuing Senior Secured Interest Notes. The failure to achieve the Adjusted EBITDA will, if not paid by the Company in cash, require the issuance of Senior Secured Interest Notes with greater principal than if the Company had achieve the Adjusted EBITDA. Because of all of the Senior Secured Notes are convertible into common stock at a conversion rate of $0.50 per share, we may be required to issue more shares of common stock than previously anticipated due to the failure to achieve the Adjusted EBITDA, which would result in further dilution of our existing stockholders.

Sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market could reduce the market price of our common stock and make it more difficult for us and our stockholders to sell our equity securities in the future.

Under the terms of the prior financings, including the terms of the Private Placements and the terms of a private placement in February 2004 (the “2004 Financing”), a substantial number of shares of our common stock were to be registered for resale. Resale of a significant number of these shares into the public market, once registered, could depress the trading price of our common stock and make it more difficult for our stockholders to sell equity securities in the future. In addition, to the extent other restricted shares become freely available for sale, whether through an effective registration statement or under Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or if we issue additional shares that might be or become freely available for sale, our stock price could decrease.

Although the sale of these additional shares to the public might increase the liquidity of our stockholders’ investments, the increase in the number of shares available for public sale could drive the price of our common stock down, thus reducing the value of your investment and perhaps hindering our ability to raise additional funds in the future.



5



We do not believe the Series B warrants are exercisable. If our position is challenged and we do not prevail, there will be significant dilution.

In connection with our March 2006 and April 2006 financing, we issued Series B warrants to purchase 6,180,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share. The Series B warrants would only become exercisable if we failed to achieve positive operating income in the fourth quarter of 2006, excluding certain restructuring and non-cash charges identified in such warrant. While we reported positive operating income, excluding those restructuring and non-cash charges identified on Schedule A to the Series B warrants, as amended, for the fourth quarter of 2006 and do not believe the Series B warrants are exercisable, there can be no assurance that the Series B warrant holders will not challenge our results. While there has been no challenge to date, in the event of such a challenge and an adverse outcome against us, 6,180,000 shares of common stock may be issued for one cent per share and there will be significant dilution.

We do not intend to pay any dividends on our common stock.

We have not declared and paid any dividends on our common stock and we do not intend to declare and pay any dividends on our common stock. Earnings, if any, will be re-invested in our business.

We expect our future operating results to vary from quarter to quarter, and increase the likelihood that we may fail to meet the expectations of securities analysts and investors at any given time.

We expect our revenues and operating results to vary significantly from quarter to quarter. In addition, the Company will be required to incur interest expense until conversion of the Senior Secured Notes and the Senior Secured Notes into common stock. The interest rate of the Senior Secured Notes will increase if we fail to achieve certain EBITDA covenants set forth in such notes. We also expect that our operating results could vary significantly from quarter to quarter based on changes to the estimated fair value of the derivative liabilities related to the Series A warrants and the Series A-2 warrants, the conversion feature of the Senior Secured Notes and the 2004 Financing. The estimated fair value of the derivative liabilities are calculated using the Black-Scholes formula and such estimates are revalued at each balance sheet date, with changes in value recorded as other income or other expense. As a result of each of the foregoing, quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our revenues, interest expense and operating results may not be meaningful. In addition, due to our stage of development, we cannot predict our future revenues or results of operations accurately. It is possible that in one or more future quarters our operating results will fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors. If this happens, the trading price of our common stock may decline.

Our common stock is thinly traded and subject to volatile price fluctuations.

Our common stock is thinly traded, and it is therefore susceptible to wide price swings. Our common stock is traded on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol “GLOW”. Thinly traded stocks are more susceptible to significant and sudden price changes than stocks that are widely followed by the investment community and actively traded on an exchange or NASDAQ. The liquidity of our common stock depends upon the presence in the marketplace of willing buyers and sellers. We cannot assure you that you will be able to find a buyer for your shares. In the future, if we successfully list the common stock on a securities exchange or obtain NASDAQ trading authorization, we will not be able to assure you that an organized public market for our securities will develop or that there will be any private demand for the common stock. We could also fail subsequently to satisfy the standards for continued exchange listing or NASDAQ trading, such as standards having to do with a minimum share price, the minimum number of public shareholders or the aggregate market value of publicly held shares. Any holder of our securities should regard them as a long-term investment and should be prepared to bear the economic risk of an investment in our securities for an indefinite period.



6



We may be subject to litigation resulting from common stock volatility and other factors, which may result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources and could have a negative effect on our business and results of operations.

The stock market has, from time to time, experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. Many factors caused, and may in the future cause, the market price for our common stock to decline, perhaps substantially, including (without limitation) demand for our common stock, technological innovations by competitors or in competing technologies, investor perception of our industry or our prospects, or general technological or economic trends. In the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been the subject of securities class action litigation. As a result, we may be involved in a securities class action litigation in the future. Such litigation often results in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources and could have a negative effect on our business and results of operation.

Penny stock regulations may impose certain restrictions on the marketability of our securities.

The Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) has adopted regulations which generally define “penny stock” to be any equity security that has a market price (as defined) less than $5.00 per share, subject to certain exceptions. Our common stock is presently subject to these regulations which impose additional sales practice requirements on broker-dealers who sell such securities to persons other than established customers and accredited investors (generally those with assets in excess of $1,000,000 or annual income exceeding $200,000, or $300,000 together with their spouse). For transactions covered by these rules, the broker-dealer must make a special suitability determination for the purchase of such securities and have received the purchaser’s written consent to the transaction prior to the purchase. Additionally, for any transaction involving a “penny stock”, unless exempt, the rules require the delivery, prior to the transaction, of a risk disclosure document mandated by the Commission relating to the “penny stock” market. The broker-dealer must also disclose the commission payable to both the broker-dealer and the registered representative, current quotations for the securities and, if the broker-dealer is the sole market maker, the broker-dealer must disclose this fact and the broker-dealer’s presumed control over the market. Finally, monthly statements must be sent disclosing recent price information for the “penny stock” held in the account and information on the limited market in “penny stocks”. Consequently, the “penny stock” rules may restrict the ability of broker-dealers to sell our securities and may negatively affect the ability of purchasers of our shares of common stock to sell such securities.


Risks Related to Our Business

Our history of substantial net losses may continue indefinitely and may make it difficult to fund our operations.

Glowpoint was formed by the merger of All Communications Corporation and View Tech, Inc. in May 2000. We reported a substantial loss from operations in all years since 2000. We cannot assure you that we will achieve revenue growth or profitability or generate positive cash flow on a quarterly or annual basis in the future, or at all. If we do not become profitable in the future, the value of our common stock may be adversely impacted and we could have difficulty obtaining funds to continue our operations.

Our success is highly dependent on the evolution of our overall market.

The market for video communication services is evolving rapidly. Although certain industry analysts project significant growth for this market, their projections may not be realized. Our Glowpoint network service utilizes IP (H.323) standards and provide high quality video communications. As a result, our future growth, if any, will depend on a desire for higher quality video communications and the continued trend of businesses to migrate to IP-based standards and away from the older, less reliable Integrated Services Digital Network (“ISDN”) technology. Additionally, our future growth depends on acceptance and adoption of video communications. There can be no assurance that the market for our services will grow, that our services will be adopted, that customers will desire higher quality, or that businesses will use IP-based videoconferencing equipment or our IP subscriber network. If we are unable to react quickly to changes in the market, if the market fails to develop, or develops more slowly than expected, or if our services do not achieve market acceptance, then we are unlikely to become or remain profitable.



7



Our future plans could be adversely affected if we are unable to attract or retain key personnel.

We have attracted a highly skilled management team and specialized workforce. Our future success is dependent in part on attracting and retaining qualified management and technical personnel. Our inability to hire qualified personnel on a timely basis, or the departure of key employees, could materially and adversely affect our business development and therefore, our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.

We may have difficulty managing our growth.

If we successfully increase our sales substantially, we expect to hire more employees and expand our operations. This growth may place a strain on our management, our operations and our systems. Our ability to manage this growth will depend upon our ability to broaden our management team and our ability to attract, hire and retain skilled employees. Our success will also depend on the ability of our officers and key employees to continue to implement and improve our operational, financial and other systems, to manage multiple customer relationships concurrently, and to hire, train and manage our employees. Our future success is dependent upon growth. If we cannot scale our business appropriately or otherwise adapt to this growth, a key part of our strategy may not be successful.

Our gross revenue may decline significantly due to the planned decline of our ISDN resale business, attributable in part to the cessation of a customer contract.

We are actively considering whether to sell, transfer or just discontinue our ISDN resale business. Currently, we resell ISDN and other services to Tandberg, from whom we acquired our ISDN resale business in April 2004 (formerly known as “NuVision”). While we resell ISDN services to many customers, in the year ended December 31, 2007, approximately 44% of our resold ISDN revenues, or approximately $1,174,000, were from Tandberg, which was approximately 5.2% of our total gross revenues. Pursuant to the terms of the April 2004 purchase, as amended, Tandberg was contractually obligated to exclusively purchase certain enumerated services from us through January 31, 2007. While Tandberg has continued to purchase services from us after January 31, 2007, Tandberg has begun the process of transitioning its business from Glowpoint and intends to cease buying these services from Glowpoint, which may occur at any time. Because this revenue is our lowest margin revenue, however, we expect our overall gross margin percentage to increase once we lose this gross revenue.

If our actual liability for sales and use taxes and regulatory fees is different from our accrued liability, it could have a material impact on our financial condition.

Sales and use taxes and regulatory fees are supposed to be, or are routinely, collected from customers and remitted to the applicable authorities in certain circumstances. Historically, we were not properly collecting and remitting all such taxes and regulatory fees and, as a result, have accrued a liability. We used estimates when accruing our sales and use tax and regulatory fee liability, including interest and penalties, and assumed, among other things, various credits we expect to receive from taxing authorities and/or our underlying service providers. All of our tax positions are subject to audit. While we believe all of our estimates and assumptions are reasonable and will be sustained upon audit, actual liabilities and credits may differ significantly. If so, it may materially impact our financial condition, negatively if we underestimated our liability or positively if we overestimated our liability.

Our failure to obtain or maintain the right to use certain intellectual property may negatively affect our business.

Our future success and competitive position depends in part upon our ability to obtain or maintain certain proprietary intellectual property to be used in connection with our services. This may be achieved in part by prosecuting claims against others who we believe are infringing on our rights and by defending claims of intellectual property infringement by our competitors. While we are not currently engaged in any intellectual property litigation, we could become subject to lawsuits in which it is alleged that we have infringed the intellectual property rights of others or we could commence lawsuits against others who we believe are infringing upon our rights. Our involvement in intellectual property litigation could result in significant expense to us, adversely affecting the development of sales of the challenged product or intellectual property and diverting the efforts of our technical and management personnel, whether or not such litigation is resolved in our favor.



8



In the event of an adverse outcome as a defendant in any such litigation, we may, among other things, be required to: pay substantial damages; cease the development, use or sale of services that infringe upon other patented intellectual property; expend significant resources to develop or acquire non-infringing intellectual property; discontinue the use or incorporation of infringing technology; or obtain licenses to the infringing intellectual property. We cannot assure you that we would be successful in such development or acquisition or that such licenses would be available upon reasonable terms. Any such development, acquisition or license could require the expenditure of substantial time and other resources and could have a negative effect on our business and financial results.

An adverse outcome as plaintiff, in addition to the costs involved, may, among other things, result in the loss of the intellectual property (such as a patent) that was the subject of the lawsuit by a determination of invalidity or unenforceability, significantly increase competition as a result of such determination, and require the payment of penalties resulting from counterclaims by the defendant.

We may not be able to protect the rights to our intellectual property

Failure to protect our existing intellectual property rights may result in the loss of our exclusivity or the right to use our technologies. If we do not adequately ensure our freedom to use certain technology, we may have to pay others for rights to use their intellectual property, pay damages for infringement or misappropriation and/or be enjoined from using such intellectual property. We rely on patent, trade secret, trademark and copyright law to protect our intellectual property. Some of our intellectual property is not covered by any patent or patent application. As we further develop our services and related intellectual property, we expect to seek additional patent protection. Our patent position is subject to complex factual and legal issues that may give rise to uncertainty as to the validity, scope and enforceability of a particular patent. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that: any of the patents owned by us or other patents that other parties license to us in the future will not be invalidated, circumvented, challenged, rendered unenforceable or licensed to others; any of our pending or future patent applications will be issued with the breadth of claim coverage sought by us, if issued at all; or any patents owned by or licensed to us, although valid, will not be dominated by a patent or patents to others having broader claims. Additionally, effective patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret protection may be unavailable, limited or not applied for in certain foreign countries.

We also seek to protect our proprietary intellectual property, including intellectual property that may not be patented or patentable, in part by confidentiality agreements. We cannot assure you that these agreements will not be breached, that we will have adequate remedies for any breach or that such persons will not assert rights to intellectual property arising out of these relationships.

We depend upon our network providers and facilities infrastructure.

Our success depends upon our ability to implement, expand and adapt our national network infrastructure and support services to accommodate an increasing amount of video traffic and evolving customer requirements at an acceptable cost. This has required and will continue to require that we enter into agreements with providers of infrastructure capacity, equipment, facilities and support services on an ongoing basis. We cannot assure you that any of these agreements can be obtained on satisfactory terms and conditions. We also anticipate that future expansions and adaptations of our network infrastructure facilities may be necessary in order to respond to growth in the number of customers served.

We depend upon suppliers and have limited sources of supply for some services.

We rely on other companies to supply some components of our network infrastructure and the means to access our network. Some of the products and services that we resell and certain components that we require for our network are available only from limited sources. We could be adversely affected if such sources were to become unavailable to us on commercially reasonable terms. We cannot assure you that, on an ongoing basis, we will be able to obtain third-party services cost-effectively and on the scale and within the timeframes we require, or at all. Failure to obtain or to continue to make use of such third-party services would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.



9



Our network could fail, which could negatively impact our revenues.

Our success depends upon our ability to deliver reliable, high-speed access to our partners’ data centers and upon the ability and willingness of our telecommunications providers to deliver reliable, high-speed telecommunications service through their networks. Our network and facilities, and other networks and facilities providing services to us, are vulnerable to damage, unauthorized access, or cessation of operations from human error and tampering, breaches of security, fires, earthquakes, severe storms, power losses, telecommunications failures, software defects, intentional acts of vandalism including computer viruses, and similar events, particularly if the events occur within a high traffic location of the network or at one of our data centers. The occurrence of a natural disaster or other unanticipated problems at the network operations center, key sites at which we locate routers, switches and other computer equipment that make up the backbone of our network infrastructure, or at one or more of our partners’ data centers, could substantially and adversely impact our business. We cannot assure you that we will not experience failures or shutdowns relating to individual facilities or even catastrophic failure of the entire network. Any damage to or failure of our systems or service providers could result in reductions in, or terminations of, services supplied to our customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our network depends upon telecommunications carriers who could limit or deny us access to their network or fail to perform, which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

We rely upon the ability and willingness of certain telecommunications carriers and other corporations to provide us with reliable high-speed telecommunications service through their networks. If these telecommunications carriers and other corporations decide not to continue to provide service to us through their networks on substantially the same terms and conditions (including, without limitation, price, early termination liability, and installation interval), if at all, it would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and ability to even provide service. Additionally, many of our service level objectives are dependent upon satisfactory performance by our telecommunications carriers. If they fail to so perform, it may have a material adverse effect on our business.

We compete in a highly competitive market and many of our competitors have greater financial resources and established relationships with major corporate customers.

The video communications industry is highly competitive. A number of telecommunications carriers and other corporations, including AT&T, Verizon Business/MCI, Sprint, Cisco and Hewlett-Packard, have entered into the video communications industry. Many of these organizations have substantially greater financial and other resources than us, furnish some of the same services provided by us, and have established relationships with major corporate customers that have policies of purchasing directly from them. We believe that as the demand for video communications systems continues to increase, additional competitors, many of which may have greater resources than us, will continue to enter the video communications market.

Our Glowpoint managed video services have limited market awareness.

Our Glowpoint video communications offering was introduced in December 2000 and was only a small part of our operations until the sale of our video solutions business in September 2003. Our future success will be dependent in significant part on our ability to generate demand for our Glowpoint managed video services and professional services. To this end, our direct marketing and indirect sales operations must increase market awareness of our service offering to generate increased revenue. Our products and services require a sophisticated sales effort targeted at the senior management of our prospective customers. All new hires will require training and will take time to achieve full productivity. We cannot be certain that our new hires will become as productive as necessary or that we will be able to hire enough qualified individuals or retain existing employees in the future. We cannot be certain that we will be successful in our efforts to market and sell our products and services, and if we are not successful in building market awareness and generating increased sales, future results of operations will be adversely affected.



10



As we expand our Glowpoint network and its use, any system failures or interruptions in our network may cause loss of customers.

Our success depends on the seamless, uninterrupted operation of our Glowpoint network and on the management of traffic volumes and route preferences over our network. As we continue to expand our network to increase both its capacity and reach, and as traffic volume continues to increase, we will face increasing demands and challenges in managing our capacity and traffic management systems. Any prolonged failure of our network or other systems or hardware that causes significant interruptions to our operations could seriously damage our reputation and result in customer attrition and financial loss.

We may be unable to adequately respond to rapid changes in technology.

The market for our Glowpoint network and related services is characterized by rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards and frequent product introductions. The introduction of products and services embodying new technology and the emergence of new industry standards may render our existing managed video services obsolete and unmarketable if we are unable to adapt to change. A significant factor in our ability to grow and to remain competitive is our ability to successfully introduce new products and services that embody new technology, anticipate and incorporate evolving industry standards and achieve levels of functionality and price acceptable to the market. If our managed video services are unable to meet expectations or unable to keep pace with technological changes in the video communication industry, our managed video services could eventually become obsolete. We may be unable to allocate the funds necessary to upgrade our managed video services as improvements in video communication technologies are introduced. In the event that other companies develop more technologically advanced networks, our competitive position relative to such companies would be harmed.

We incur significant accounting and other control costs that impact our financial condition.

As a publicly traded corporation, we incur certain costs to comply with regulatory requirements. If regulatory requirements were to become more stringent or if controls thought to be effective later fail, we may be forced to make additional expenditures, the amounts of which could be material. Some of our competitors are privately owned so their accounting and control costs can be a competitive disadvantage for us. Should our sales decline or if we are unsuccessful at increasing prices to cover higher expenditures for internal controls and audits, our costs associated with regulatory compliance will rise as a percentage of sales.

Other issues and uncertainties may include:

·

New accounting pronouncements or changes in accounting policies; and

·

Legislation or other governmental action that detrimentally impacts our expenses or reduces sales by adversely affecting our customers.



11



CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains statements that are considered forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Forward-looking statements give Glowpoint's current expectations and forecasts of future events. All statements other than statements of current or historical fact contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding Glowpoint's future financial position, business strategy, budgets, projected costs and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words "anticipate," "believe," "estimate," "expect," "intend," "may," "plan," and similar expressions, as they relate to Glowpoint, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements are based on Glowpoint's current plans, and Glowpoint's actual future activities and results of operations may be materially different from those set forth in the forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from the statements made. Any or all of the forward-looking statements in this prospectus may turn out to be inaccurate. Glowpoint has based these forward-looking statements largely on its current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that it believes may affect its financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. The forward-looking statements can be affected by inaccurate assumptions or by known or unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Glowpoint undertakes no obligation to publicly revise these forward-looking statements to reflect events occurring after the date hereof. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to Glowpoint or persons acting on its behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained in this prospectus.

USE OF PROCEEDS

The selling stockholders will receive all of the proceeds from the sale of the securities sold pursuant to this prospectus, although we may receive as much as approximately $10,232,778 upon exercise of the outstanding warrants, if the warrants are exercised in full and the purchase price is paid in cash. The proceeds from the exercise of warrants would be used for working capital purposes. See "Selling Stockholders" for a list of those persons and entities receiving proceeds from the sales of these shares.



12



MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS

As of September 19, 2007, Glowpoint’s securities have been traded on the Over-The-Counter Bulletin Board (“OTCBB”) under the symbol “GLOW”. From October 5, 2005 until inclusion on the OTCBB, there was no established public trading market of Glowpoint’s common stock and sales of Glowpoint’s securities were reported on the Pink Sheets under the symbol “GLOW.PK”. On October 5, 2005, Glowpoint’s securities were delisted from the NASDAQ Stock Market. In the future, if we satisfy the listing criteria, we may apply for listing on either the NASDAQ or the American Stock Exchange, though there is no assurance that we will be accepted for listing and, if accepted for listing, an active market for our securities will develop in the future.

The following table sets forth high and low closing sale prices per share for our common stock for each quarter of  2006 and 2007, based upon information obtained from the Pink Sheets for the period before September 19, 2007 and from the OTCBB from the period after September 19, 2007. All reported sales prices reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commissions and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.


 

 

Glowpoint
Common Stock

 

 

High

 

Low

 

Year Ended December 31, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

$

0.74

 

$

0.51

 

Second Quarter

 

 

0.67

 

 

0.35

 

Third Quarter

 

 

0.65

 

 

0.37

 

Fourth Quarter

 

 

0.38

 

 

0.25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

$

0.74

 

$

0.38

 

Second Quarter

 

 

0.78

 

 

0.47

 

Third Quarter

 

 

0.85

 

 

0.50

 

Fourth Quarter

 

 

0.75

 

 

0.40

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On March 20, 2008, the closing sale price of our common stock was $0.55 per share as reported on the OTCBB, and 46,389,673 shares of our common stock were held by approximately 222 holders of record. American Stock Transfer & Trust Company of Brooklyn, New York is the transfer agent and registrar of our common stock.

Dividend Policy

Our board of directors has never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and does not expect to do so for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain any earnings to finance the growth and development of our business. Our board of directors will make any future determination of the payment of dividends based upon conditions then existing, including our earnings, financial condition and capital requirements, as well as such economic and other conditions as our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, the payment of dividends may be limited by financing arrangements which we may enter into in the future.



13



Stock Performance Graph

The graph below compares the cumulative total stockholder return on our common stock with the cumulative total return on the Nasdaq National Market Index and a peer group selected by our company on an industry and line-of-business basis. The period shown commences on December 31, 2003 and ends on December 31, 2007, the end of our last fiscal year. The graph assumes an investment of $100 on December 31, 2003, and the reinvestment of any dividends.

The comparisons in the graph below are based on historical data and are not indicative of, nor intended to forecast, future performance of our common stock.

[glowpoints1a002.gif]


Indexed Stock Quotes

12/31/2003

12/31/2004

12/31/2005

12/31/2006

12/31/2007

The Nasdaq National Market Index

100.000

108.589

110.081

120.561

132.391

Nasdaq Telecommunications Index

100.000

107.997

100.207

128.027

139.772

Glowpoint, Inc.

100.000

88.571

38.286

21.714

27.429

 

 

 

 

 


Stock Quotes

12/31/2003

12/31/2004

12/31/2005

12/31/2006

12/31/2007

The Nasdaq National Market Index

2,003.370

2,175.440

2,205.320

2,415.290

2,652.280

Nasdaq Telecommunications Index

183.570

198.250

183.950

235.020

256.580

Glowpoint, Inc.

1.750

1.550

0.670

0.380

0.480





14



OUR BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES

Overview

Glowpoint, Inc. ("Glowpoint" or "we" or "us" or “the Company”), a Delaware corporation, is a premiere broadcast-quality, IP (Internet Protocol)-based managed video services provider. Our mission is to improve the ease-of-use, cost-effectiveness, functionality, and quality of existing video communications in order to make it an integral and ubiquitous part of everyday business and personal communications. We believe video communications should be as easy and spontaneous to use as your telephone, but with the power of face-to-face communication.  

We view our services as analogous to cellular service providers in the cellular telephone industry. Regardless of the cellular phone purchased, users must select a cellular service provider to make it work. Users make that service decision based on the features, reliability and price offered by the service provider. In our industry, regardless of the video conferencing equipment purchased, Glowpoint provides the managed video services to make it work. In doing so, we offer a vast array of managed video services, including video application services, managed network services, IP and ISDN videoconferencing services, multi-point conferencing (bridging), technology hosting and management, and professional services. We provide these services to a wide variety of companies, from large enterprises and governmental entities to small and medium-sized businesses. Glowpoint is primarily focused on high quality two-way video communications. We have bundled some of our managed services to offer video communication solutions for broadcast/media content acquisition and for video call center applications. With the advent of HD (High Definition) and telepresence solutions, we have combined various components of our features and services into a comprehensive service offering for enterprise end user customers that can support any of the telepresence products on the market today. Glowpoint is also wholesaling its services and providing branding for manufacturers, carriers, and integrators seeking to offer this service as a value-add to their offerings for their customer bases.

Glowpoint’s managed video services are hardware agnostic, supporting all recognized video standards. As a result, we have become the global video interconnection point, linking together “islands of video” across third party private networks (e.g., provided by AT&T, SBC, Qwest and others), protocols (e.g., H320, H323, IP, SIP, and VoIP), and devices (e.g., desktop, laptop, and mobile phone). Glowpoint’s services provide users with a consistent experience - regardless of how they are connecting or where they are connecting from.

Glowpoint’s managed video services involve two major components, the Glowpoint video applications services and the Glowpoint network services. The video application services are network agnostic and may be leveraged by customers on any QOS (Quality of Service) network that supports two-way video transport. The Glowpoint network services leverage the Glowpoint network, a multiple protocol layer switching (MPLS) QoS network that is dedicated to high-quality two-way video transport built and managed by Glowpoint. The Glowpoint network is exclusively dedicated to IP-based video communications, which allows us to optimize performance and routing of video and audio packets so as to offer broadcast quality images with telephony-like reliability, features and ease-of-use. Glowpoint’s reach spans the globe, with 11 points of presence (POPs) and unlimited peering capability to deliver Glowpoint services to customers in virtually any region in the world. A unique feature of the Glowpoint network is its sophisticated gatekeeper infrastructure and configuration along with its patent-pending call control capabilities (see “Intellectual Property” below), which enable customers to seamlessly connect to nearly any standards-based video communications user, whether they are still using ISDN or the Internet, across the United States as well as to virtually any major city around the world. Since videoconferencing users typically can only communicate to others on the same service, Glowpoint is bridging these isolated islands of video and making video communications more ubiquitous.  

In late 2000, we launched our subscription service. From 2000 to 2003, we were a division of Wire One Technologies Inc. (“Wire One”), a reseller of videoconferencing equipment from leading manufacturers. Wire One was formed in May 2000 by the merger of All Communications Corporation and View Tech, Inc. After steady growth of the IP-based video service business through early 2003, we determined that separating the Glowpoint managed video services business from the Wire One equipment reselling business could create larger distribution channels for Glowpoint, allow for more aggressive product development, and provide us with the opportunity to develop business relationships based solely on the objective of expanding our video service product offering and increasing the size of our customer base.



15



On September 23, 2003, we completed the sale of the equipment business and officially changed our name from Wire One to Glowpoint in order to focus solely on growing Glowpoint’s managed video services. Since 2003, we have been exclusively focused on making video communications as reliable and as easy to use as the telephone – offering ten-digit dialing (as opposed to using IP addresses), operator assistance, video mailboxes and many other features that consumers have grown accustomed to with their telephone. We have also redefined the two-way video communications marketplace by creating and offering unique IP-based features that were integrated into the industry’s first “All You Can See” subscription-calling plans, which are similar to Voice over IP (VoIP) broadband-calling packages or unlimited mobile phone packages.

Glowpoint is recognized as one of the premier video-over-IP service providers in the market today. Our track record and quality-of-service commitment of 99.99% network uptime has earned us various awards and credits. We have been recognized in the industry for focusing on providing an innovative customer experience through our use of IP-based video functionality. We believe we have been a leader in setting policy through our participation in standards boards, including chairing a committee of the IMTC H.323 forum on International Dialing Plans in 2004. Our industry awards include: receipt of Frost & Sullivan’s Technical Innovations award in 2001; selection as one of the 14 most innovative companies by “Telephony Magazine” in 2004; and selection of our Chief Technology Officer as a finalist for 2005 New Jersey Technology Council’s “CIO/CTO of the Year” for Glowpoint’s technology leadership in video communications. For two consecutive years (2006 and 2007), Glowpoint was named one of the best providers of always-on IP Networks dedicated to videoconferencing by Videoconferencing Insight Newsletter, a newsletter on the videoconferencing industry reporting from a user perspective for more than a decade (www.vcinsight.com).

Industry Overview

The videoconferencing industry has been transformed in recent years. When Glowpoint was launched, videoconferencing was a niche industry with unproven technology and questionable quality. We set out to change that. Today, video communications is becoming more mainstream and reliable, with technology giants such as Cisco Systems and Hewlett-Packard joining in and validating what we set out to accomplish. Currently, we view the video communications industry segregated into five categories, each of which is a potential partner and/or customer for Glowpoint’s managed video services:

·

Videoconferencing and Telepresence Equipment Manufacturers;

·

Video and Telepresence Equipment Resellers and Integrators;

·

Carriers (Network Providers);

·

Videoconferencing Services Providers (Multi-Point Conference Services); and

·

Telepresence and HD.

Videoconferencing and Telepresence Equipment Manufacturers. Manufacturers of videoconferencing and telepresence equipment continue to focus on selling video infrastructure equipment. With the introduction of HD and telepresence, however, they are becoming increasingly aware that in order to sell complex solutions, they must partner with service providers (such as Glowpoint) who make it easier for customers to buy and use their products ongoing ..

Video and Telepresence Equipment Resellers and Integrators. Video and telepresence equipment resellers and integrators are facing margin pressures as well as increasingly complex solutions related to videoconferencing equipment sales. Among their only options we believe is to attempt to reproduce the features, experience and services provided by Glowpoint or to become resellers of Glowpoint’s services. Many have chosen the latter and Glowpoint will continue to nurture and grow its distribution channel.

There are some videoconferencing equipment resellers who have chosen to compete with us rather than resell our services (see “Competition” below). We believe that these companies offer only a rudimentary subset of the features and services that Glowpoint provides. To date, we know of no company that provides comparable video communication services and, given our proprietary technology (see “Intellectual Property” below), we believe it would be difficult for any competitor to match our comprehensive service offering.



16



Carriers (Network Providers). Carriers have always played a role in video communications, because all equipment requires some network for transporting the video communication. Historically, this was done using ISDN services provided by major carriers around the world. According to some estimates, there may be as many as 500,000 to 1,000,000 videoconferencing systems still using ISDN. With the emergence of IP videoconferencing, these network providers have been offering services that include high quality virtual private networks (VPNs) on which customers may support data, voice and video applications. This is often referred to as a “converged network” or “convergence”. At this time, however, converged solutions provided by network providers are bandwidth only and provide little or no IP-based video communication applications services. This means that customers are free to connect their video conferencing equipment to the converged network, but must then figure out how to support the video application on their own. This amounts to “self service” videoconferencing where the customer is isolated on the converged network with no video application services or support available.

Glowpoint offers high quality and reliable “bandwidth” via the Glowpoint Network Service. At first it may appear that any network provider is our competitor. However, many of these network providers lack video expertise and do not offer IP video services or support. They essentially only offer bandwidth and their video services, if any, are still focused on ISDN. Glowpoint has been able to leverage this distinction by offering Glowpoint’s managed video application services over third party networks (rather than the Glowpoint network). We call it “Glowpoint-enabling” another network. This solution has permitted us to retain some accounts when customers have sought the benefits of a converged solution, has given us sales opportunities with large enterprises that already have established network provider relationships, and has allowed us to partner, rather than compete, with network providers on opportunities where we would otherwise be considered competitors. With our Glowpoint-enabled solution, we have the potential to provide all or part of the video solution in almost every opportunity we encounter.

Videoconferencing Service Providers. A number of companies, including some equipment resellers, network providers and audio conferencing service providers, offer videoconferencing services almost exclusively focused on multi-point conferencing (bringing multiple locations into one video call). These videoconferencing service providers, however, are still heavily dependent on ISDN as the network transport for these multi-point videoconferences and, we understand, as much as 80-90% of their multi-point revenue is derived from ISDN. Glowpoint, on the other hand, not only offers multi-point conferencing services, but has introduced a full range of managed video solutions that are primarily IP-based. IP-based services offer more flexibility, higher quality and, because there are no long distance charges, lower costs.

Telepresence and HD. Telepresence has brought siginificant attention to the video communications industry. In reality, “telepresence” is a term that represents what Glowpoint has been providing since soon after its launch in 2000 -- high quality, easy to use video communications where the technology does not interfere with the purpose for the meeting. The most popular representation of the telepresence concept is a specially designed room configured to support a “true to life” meeting environment. Everything from multiple monitors, special furniture, strategic camera placement and sound panels are deployed to create an immersive experience so participants feel as though they are all sitting in the same physical room even though they may be continents apart. Entrance into the telepresence market by Cisco Systems and Hewlett-Packard has brought new competition to the traditional videoconferencing equipment leaders (e.g., Polycom and Tandberg); more importantly for Glowpoint, however, we believe their telepresence offering and vision have validated our business plan and brought new life and interest to the video communication industry.

As manufacturers and resellers seek telepresence market share, they have realized that customer expectations are much higher than in a traditional videoconferencing equipment sale. The system must successfully work every time. This has created a new demand for services, such as our “VNOC” (Video Network Operations Center) Support Services. Glowpoint’s VNOC Support Services offer enterprise customers, which are typically the purchasers of the telepresence systems, the peace of mind that their conferences and rooms will be managed reliably. Glowpoint’s room resource management, scheduling, specialized call launching and support are especially important and key differentiators in marketplace.

We believe Glowpoint is uniquely positioned to address all of these new developments. We have been focused primarily on providing IP-based managed video services since our launch in 2000 and our patented and patent pending technology is tailored to support any available HD equipment. Our proprietary managed video service provides HD video communication with as little as 2 Mbps of bandwidth per call, while other network providers typically require at least 6 Mbps, and as much as 45 Mbps, of bandwidth for HD video communications. Regardless of the equipment used or bandwidth required, we believe that Glowpoint can be an excellent partner with any of the providers of telepresence solutions.



17



Market Need. Despite the fact that many enterprises may already have private networks and use their own IT support teams for applications in the business, a relatively small percentage can actually support video communications. The complexity of video communications is increasing. Most businesses already find it difficult to effectively maintain and manage existing applications because of the shortage of information technology and network personnel. Customers also soon realize that supporting video distracts the support organizations from other critical business application support and requires a different skill set than normal business IT support. As a result, businesses increasingly require a solution employing a network dedicated to video, which enables them to manage video communications, isolating it from other applications and existing communications infrastructure. As for the infrastructure itself, according to an announcement by Cisco Systems (as reported in the Wall Street Journal), only 10-15% of Cisco’s customers can support quality videoconferencing on their networks. Even if a customer network can support videoconferencing, many are reluctant to run a video application over the same network that supports their enterprise data and other applications. Among other concerns, the video communications applications would be required to share bandwidth with data applications (e.g., CRM applications, financial applications, e-mail and file transfers) on a common network. Allocating enough bandwidth in a corporate local area network or Intranet to handle real-time transmission of images and audio, in addition to data applications, can be difficult and can significantly impede overall network performance. An effective video network must also be easily scalable in much the same way that a company can simply add more phone lines as its employee base and operations grow. Moreover, widespread adoption by both enterprise and consumer users requires a video communications solution that provides the same reliability as public telephone service. We believe that there exists a significant market opportunity to provide an IP-based video communications solution that is as scalable, dependable and, ultimately, as commonplace as voice telephony.

The surge in deployment of Voice over IP (VoIP) is an example of a technology that has been technically feasible for years, but did not gain popularity until the full feature and services people were accustomed to with their traditional telephones became available. Features like publicly-available phone numbers, operator services, voicemail and the ability to seamlessly call to phones off of a company’s private IP phone network were the critical application components that facilitated adoption of VoIP phones. Because most companies would not provide those features on their own, VoIP service providers developed them and now companies simply “plug” their VoIP networks into traditional telephony companies for these application services and off-net transport.

Glowpoint is the “video” telephony company offering video application services largely unavailable from anyone else at this time and difficult (or possibly even impossible) for customers to build on their own (see “Intellectual Property” below). Glowpoint provides unique features and services, such as ten-digit dialing video phone numbers automatically routed to IP video systems, video operator services, video mailboxes, seamless video calling to off-net locations anywhere in the world and other video application services, all of which permit customers to “plug” in their VidOIP (video over IP) networks.

Market Size. According to some industry leaders, only about 5-8% of conference rooms in United States businesses have videoconferencing equipment. We believe the industry still has not begun to realize the potential deployment of video to individual desktops or in consumer environments. As a result, we believe there is still a large untapped potential market for video communications. Major technology companies such as Cisco Systems and Hewlett-Packard have publicly announced that they feel the telepresence market alone can become a multi-billion dollar industry in the coming years. According to some industry analysts, the services side of the videoconferencing industry (currently dominated by network providers) and managed services (such as multi-point conferencing) is anticipated to grow globally to more than four billion dollars over the next few years. Therefore, we believe that Glowpoint’s aggregate potential addressable market is significant, though we can give no assurance as to what our market share will be in the coming years.



18



Glowpoint Services and Features

Glowpoint offers a vast array of managed video services, including video application services, managed network services, IP and ISDN videoconferencing services, multi-point conferencing (bridging), technology hosting and management, and professional services. We are focused primarily on high quality two-way video communications and have been supporting millions of video calls since we launched our service in late 2000. We believe our experience, expertise, video-centric focus, unique features and services, and world class support are unrivaled and a key differentiator in the industry. We have bundled some of our managed services to offer unique video communication solutions for broadcast/media content acquisition and for video call center applications. With the growth of HD (High Definition) telepresence solutions, we began offering, and have now productized, a comprehensive telepresence support solution that can support any of the telepresence solutions on the market today that we call our VNOC (video network operations center) services (see “Market Solutions” below).

Video Application Services and Managed Network Services; Glowpoint Subscription Services

Glowpoint’s core managed video service offering bundles our proprietary video application communications features and services with our Quality-of-Service (QOS) managed network offering. This bundled offering gives customers a single point of contact for their high quality video communication needs and we believe makes video as easy and spontaneous as using the telephone - but with the power of face-to-face communications. Our subscription plans are priced according to the video call requirements of a location. The amount and type of bandwidth ordered depends on the number of video endpoints and is generally billed on a monthly recurring basis per location. We have established packages to accommodate the most popular requirements, with the lowest bandwidth offering beginning at a basic bundled solution currently starting at $499 per month for video calls up to 512 Kbps and higher bandwidth offerings to support HD and telepresence applications of 2Mbps up to 18Mbps per room. These higher bandwidth offerings are priced with the service and features included. Typically, we begin providing service within 30 days following the customer’s order. We also routinely offer custom video communications solutions with individual customer-requested terms and conditions.

Regardless of the subscription plan, all offerings include our proprietary video application services and features and provide for unlimited IP-based video communication usage on the Glowpoint video network. Our video application services include:

·

“All You Can See” unlimited video calling plans

Customers can make and receive unlimited calls to video systems on the Glowpoint video network or the public Internet for one fixed price (there are no additional usage charges).

·

10-Digit Direct Dialing for IP Video Calls

We are the only service provider to provide IP-based video systems with real phone numbers. Typically, IP-based video callers must use an IP address, which, we believe, is unfamiliar, difficult to use, and impedes adoption of video communications.

·

“000” Live Video Operator Assistance

With our patented live video operator support, customers obtain live, face-to-face assistance simply by dialing “000” from any Glowpoint subscribed endpoint. Whatever the need, Glowpoint operators are there to help.

·

“Lisa”, Glowpoint’s Video Call Assistant

When a video call is not answered, fails to connect, or the recipient is busy, callers are greeted by “Lisa”, Glowpoint’s video call assistant, explaining why the call did not complete and providing the caller with an interactive menu to select options, including a connection to a live operator by selecting the option on the menu. We developed this feature to simplify video communications. Non-Glowpoint videoconferencing users typically are met with blank screen, a cryptic technical error message or worse, and have no idea why a call was not completed. Our error-handling feature is user-friendly and removes much of the guesswork, which simplifies the video calling experience and promotes further adoption and use of video communications.



19



·

VideoMailbox

Glowpoint has brought voicemail to the video communications world. If a Glowpoint customer receives a video call and is not available or his video system is turned off, the call is automatically re-routed to a VideoMailbox where the caller is greeted with an outgoing video personally recorded by the Glowpoint customer. The caller may then leave his/her own video message in the VideoMailbox. The Glowpoint customer then receives a message which is stored on his VideoMailbox and receives an email alert with an image of the caller and associated information. Our customer may then view the message as a media file either through the online portal or checking messages from his video endpoint.

·

IP-to-ISDN and/or Internet Gateway Access

By combining one of the most sophisticated gatekeeper infrastructures that we believe has ever been deployed with patent pending call control technology, Glowpoint has created a seamless transition between ISDN and IP technologies. Glowpoint’s ability to provide real telephone numbers to customer video endpoints allows our customers to place video calls off of the Glowpoint network to ISDN or Internet connected systems seamlessly across the United States and to virtually any major city around the world. Glowpoint customers may also receive incoming calls from virtually any ISDN video system or voice phone in the world. This is one of the ways we are accomplishing our goal of connecting the various “islands” of video.

·

Reduced Rate International Calling

Much of the world continues to utilize ISDN as a means for video communications and the cost of placing video calls overseas can cost hundreds of dollars per hour. Glowpoint offers customers significantly reduced rates for ISDN calling by utilizing our least cost routing capabilities driven by our routing techniques through points of presence around the globe. We route video calls to the most cost effective point, where the call is then handed off the network to the in-region ISDN network, thereby eliminating or reducing long distance charges.  

·

Firewall Traversal

In an increasingly popular world of convergence, many businesses seek to leverage their own networks for video transport, but increasingly face the challenge of placing video calls outside of their own network which becomes its own “island of video”. In these situations, Glowpoint becomes the video “telephony” company with solutions that provide firewall traversal, effectively allowing customers to get off of their private networks and connect to any other means, while taking advantage of all the other Glowpoint services.

·

Reservation-Less, Multi-Person Video Calls

This “bridging on demand” service permits multiple users to see and communicate simultaneously on one screen. The “Brady Bunch” effect (also known as “continuous presence”) allows all parties to see each other at the same time in a collaborative conference session. This spontaneous service feature is a great alternative to pre-scheduled managed multi-point calls. This offers traditional conference set up and activation customary of audio teleconferencing with a pin number for all participants to use for inclusion in multi-point video calls at an extremely cost effective rate. We also provide a high definition version of this service, which is the first of its kind.

·

Video Endpoint Management

Many customers enjoy the option of having a single point of contact for all of their video communication needs. Therefore, we offer remote video endpoint management services and can provide proactive monitoring and support, along with maintenance of video endpoints (such as providing required software updates), to ensure our customer’s video endpoints are always ready and reliably available.



20



These proprietary video application services are the subject of patented and patent-pending technology (see “Intellectual Property” below) and were developed by Glowpoint over years of focusing exclusively on video communications. While not an application per se, Glowpoint customers have access to video communications support and expertise that we do not believe is available anywhere else. Our Network Operations Center (NOC) provides solutions and support for the physical network as well as the video experience and unique programs that businesses may support with video. We do not just monitor and trouble-shoot the network and leave customers to their own devices to support video communications. We are our customers’ video communications partner and provide support to ensure a high-quality, easy-to-use and reliable video experience.

Our managed network services includes “last mile” (or local loop) connectivity, which is the network connection between Glowpoint’s network backbone and the customer’s location to which our service is delivered. The price of the managed network service component is typically based on the amount of bandwidth required to support the number of video endpoints at each customer locations. In late 2006, we formed GP Communications, LLC (“GP Comm”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Glowpoint, Inc., to provide the last mile connection. Among other things, the creation of GP Comm had the benefit of repositioning our managed video service offering to unbundle (or separate) the video application services from the managed network offering. We believe this has permitted us to compete more effectively in the marketplace (see “Competition” below) and has created sales opportunities for “Glowpoint-enabling” other networks. A key differentiator for our managed network services is our 99.99% service level availability (SLA) and QoS commitment, and the fact that our network was designed exclusively for two-way video communications, which we believe is the industry’s highest quality and reliable network service offering.

Customers wishing to use their own network or one provided by another network provider may still enjoy the benefits of Glowpoint’s video application services. We market this as our “Glowpoint Connect” service and refer to it as “Glowpoint-enabling” another network. This is a “bring-your-own-access” (“BYOA”) offering and permits customers to leverage their existing internal IP networks or VPNs (virtual private networks), as an alternative to using the Glowpoint managed network. Customers simply register their video endpoints with Glowpoint to take advantage of our video application services. Since Glowpoint Connect does not use our managed network service, the Glowpoint Connect fee is lower than our full bundled managed video service offering.

Managed Multi-Point Conferencing (Bridging) Services, including HD Bridging

Managed multi-point conferencing services enable customers to utilize Glowpoint’s Multi-point Control Units (MCUs, which are also known as “bridges”) in order to facilitate video conference meetings with more than two locations at the same time. Glowpoint has the ability to support both ISDN and IP for multi-conference events with enough capacity to support hundreds of participating locations at one time. With our managed multi-point conferencing service, virtually anyone can participate on a video call together, including:

·

Other Glowpoint video or enabled locations;

·

Non-Glowpoint video locations using legacy ISDN technology or the Internet;

·

Geographically unlimited locations in the United States and around the world; and

·

Non-video locations (e.g., participants without videoconferencing equipment and persons out of the office who can only attend by voice only using cell phones).

Our world-class global conferencing service and skilled professional technicians provide the highest quality service to fulfill all conferencing needs – at a competitive price. Glowpoint’s multi-point conferencing service includes:

·

Enhanced continuous presence;

·

Multiple viewing options (up to 27 different layouts);

·

Pre-call site certification;

·

PowerPoint display and data collaboration;

·

No cancellation fees;

·

Call monitoring and recording;

·

Standing reservations;

·

Online scheduling;

·

Conference dial-in numbers; and

·

ISDN Gateway reduced calling.



21



In addition to our reservation-less HD capabilities, we launched the industry’s first High Definition (HD) managed multi-point conferencing service, which brings HD to Glowpoint’s fully-managed, scheduled “white-glove” offering.

Our managed multi-point conferencing service is a valuable sales avenue into new accounts. It permits customers to experience Glowpoint’s video communications service and support without having to commit to a contract term. For Glowpoint, it provides us the ability to drive net new revenue without the need to install any new services. Later, we attempt to sell the customer our subscription services and, a majority of the time, empirically show the customer, based on usage data gained from providing multi-point conferencing services, that our subscription services will benefit the customer.

Though typically an event-based service, we signed a number of minimum commitment contracts with managed multi-point conferencing customers in 2006 and 2007 in order to have some predictable revenue from the service offering. We continue to pursue minimum commitment contracts.

VNOC Services

Glowpoint has been providing the highest quality “white glove” service as part of its product offerings for years. Now, with HD and telepresence technology and the accompanying high expectations in the marketplace for the quality, performance and service, we believe we are well positioned to provide support services for video rooms and Telepresence suites. Our video network operations center (“VNOC”) support services include the following:

·

Room certification: When a client is certified by the Glowpoint VNOC service, their room will be tested for all operational capabilities and monitored with dozens of alarm points to ensure the proactive and ongoing support will enable the VNOC to ensure the room is operational at the start of every conference.

·

Single Point of Contact: VNOC “at your service” support is a single point of contact accessible via our video concierge service (a branded version of our patented live video operator assistance), which is integrated with a “support” button on the control panel or phone that then provides dedicated toll-free dial-in access or Web mail/portal access.

·

Scheduling: Scheduling with the VNOC service removes any concerns of room management and allows customers to book room resources through all the means available such as a dedicated toll-free number (direct dial for international calls), concierge service through video one touch dialing, and Web portal scheduling tools which are integrated to Microsoft Outlook and Lotus Notes. Glowpoint’s online scheduling tool is advanced and solves many of the challenges with room resource management that many large enterprises encounter today. Confirmation notifications are provided both to requestors and to participants. All scheduling options may be private labeled to match our customer’s attributes (e.g., name and marketing tagline).

·

Conference Production and Monitoring: A Glowpoint telepresence conference producer will set up and manage the successful launch and connection of all sites in the telepresence meeting, including point-to-point or multi-point calls. Our VNOC team then continuously supports and monitors all telepresence calls, including digitally monitoring connectivity levels by a qualified Glowpoint video producer. Our goal is to ensure that the technology is transparent to our users.

·

Help Desk Support: Our VNOC team provides technical support for all active calls during a meeting. When required, we will coordinate with hardware vendors and integrators to repair or replace any component parts or resolve room integration issues. As the single point of technical support for your video solutions, our top priority is resolving endpoint or connectivity issues.

·

Training: We believe that successful use and adoption of video communication requires ease of use, which is in large part a result of knowing how best to use the system. We host training sessions for customers and provide periodic training updates as reasonably requested.

·

Interoperability Testing and Support: We believe we are the industry leader in evaluating and testing video communication equipment for reliability and interoperability through our Glowpoint Certified Program (see “Intellectual – Hardware Interoperability ” below). As telepresence continues to evolve, we expect to continue leading the industry in our interoperability and certification testing to assist our telepresence customers.



22



·

Stewardship Reporting and Service Reviews: We provide monthly stewardship reports that capture key metrics related to the performance of the room, the associated network, and various support levels, including statistics related to usage (number of meetings, duration, and hours of use), network and room connectivity availability, network and room mean time to repair, and failure/root cause analysis. We have quarterly meetings with our customers to review these statistics, providing a forum to discuss areas of success, areas in need of improvement, and address any other concern.

·

Advanced Network Monitoring: If a client chooses to use another network to support their telepresence rooms, Glowpoint offers advanced network monitoring which allows the VNOC service to not only qualify the room readiness at all times, but to also monitor the performance of the network supporting that room. We will set thresholds based on the requirements of video traffic and react and report on any deficiencies.

The Glowpoint VNOC solution may be bundled with our Quality of Service (QoS) managed network service or offered on its own by Glowpoint-enabling another network service. Customers who purchase a Cisco Systems 3000 TelepresenceTM solution, Polycom RPXTM or TPX, or Tandberg ExperiaTM solution, for example, may all take advantage of the Glowpoint VNOC solution regardless of their choice of network. A typical telepresence room requires 6 megabits per second (mbps) per video device, of which there are typically usually two or three per telepresence room. Therefore, the total bandwidth per telepresence room is usually at least 18 mbps. Multi-point calls (bridging calls) require even more bandwidth, often as much as a DS-3 (45 mbps) to support one session. Our managed network solution is ideal to support the telepresence suites, especially when customer networks cannot handle those demanding requirements.

Professional Services

As with technology hosting and management services, we sought new revenue sources using what we believe are our unrivaled network and video engineering capabilities. With the growing interest in convergence and the desire by some enterprises to add the transport of video to their enterprise networks, we have provided professional services and believe the market for such services is growing. Additionally, our extensive knowledge of all leading video conferencing equipment makes our video engineers a valuable resource for manufacturers on an outsourced basis. While our primary focus is generating monthly recurring revenue from our subscription services, our professional services have been a valuable sales avenue into video communication opportunities and have led to sales of our managed video services.

Market Solutions: Bundled Offerings for Broadcast and Video Call Centers

We have bundled certain components of our managed services to offer video communication solutions for broadcast/media content acquisition, and video call centers.

Managed IP Video Service for Broadcast and Event Services

Our managed video services have been used during events to cost-effectively acquire video content for broadcasters, cable companies and other media enterprises, especially in the sports, news and entertainment industries. While it includes our core managed video services, IP-based broadcasting and event services require more project management and dedicated operational and engineering personnel than our standard subscription services. Rather than using an expensive satellite feed, companies can acquire broadcast-quality standard definition footage at a fraction of the cost from Glowpoint over a dedicated IP connection. Since 2002, we have provided this service to ESPN during the NFL and NBA drafts. ESPN has used it for interviews from team locations with coaches, players and analysts during their coverage. Our managed services for IP-broadcast solutions are currently used by many well-known media companies, including ESPN and NFL Network, amongst many others.

In 2007, we launched a High Definition (HD) content acquisition solution that we branded TeamCamHD and RemoteCamHD. This offering provides two-way HD video communication for content acquisition from remote locations. In April 2007, we announced a multi-year agreement with NASCAR Images as the first customer to deploy the TeamCamHD solution, which will be used to provide the NASCAR industry the ability to acquire content, such as driver interviews between races, which may then be distributed to key media outlets for dissemination.



23



Video Call Center Solution

Glowpoint is leading the way in developing unique applications using video communications. Leveraging our patented live video operator service, we developed a proprietary product that allows businesses to bring video to their call centers, turning their most talented resources into a global sales team. We call this application “Customer Connect” and it is the “middle ware” that plugs into, and accesses all of the intelligence in, existing call management systems in a call center or other location. We believe that service and retail sales businesses are always seeking more effective ways to connect with customers. Our video call center solution, permitting a “Remote Video Expert” on demand, is a way for businesses to differentiate themselves.

Our Customer Connect solution is currently being used by a major retail bank to provide high definition “video banking” services to clients around the country. With one touch inside a local branch location, an existing or potential bank customer is instantly immersed in a telepresence call with a highly trained bank professional. Rather than needing to have these professionals scattered at local branches when their services may not always be required, our call center solution permits the retail bank to centrally locate its trained professionals and provide services as and when needed, supporting a region rather than one or two locations. Our business customer is now able to train fewer people, support a greater number of branches and cross-sell products more effectively. This appears to be a growing trend where businesses will use video communications as a tool to interact more cost effectively and efficiently with their customers. We call this a business-to-business-to-consumer (B2B2C) application and believe it will make video communications a critical application across many industries.

Our video call center “Customer Connect” solution provides the same experience as its audio call center counterpart, such as automated attendant, interactive menus, multiple languages, multiple skills-based call routing, on hold, call transfer, and call center statistics. It is simple and cost effective for businesses to implement and easy for consumers to use. Some features (and differentiators) of this product include:

·

private labeling to include the brand of our business customer, so its customers only know that they are interacting with the business’ call center;

·

customization to interact with the video elements of choice (agnostic to all video endpoints);

·

integration with our business customer’s existing call management system technology in its call center; and

·

scalability to thousands of remote locations (e.g., local bank branches) that will interact with one call center, or as many call centers as our business customer needs.

As with all of our managed video services, our Glowpoint Video Call Center solution may be bundled with our QoS managed network service or offered on its own by Glowpoint-enabling another network service.

Technology Hosting and Management Services; Private Labeling

In constructing Glowpoint’s global network and service offering, we developed technical and operational expertise relating to supporting two-way video communications. In early 2006, we decided to leverage this intellectual property and video infrastructure by offering to host other companies’ video-related equipment and applications. Additionally, we “packaged” our services and expertise so they can be branded for use by other companies in a private label fashion. When we have private labeled our services, our live operators answer calls using the other company’s name, we re-brand “Lisa” to use the other company’s name, logo and other information, and the other company’s end user customers view the service as provided by that other company even though it is actually “powered by Glowpoint.”

Our technology hosting revenue is comprised of a non-recurring fee for setup and installation, and an ongoing monthly hosting and support fee. For enterprise customers, the majority of hosting revenue is centered on hosting and managing MCUs (bridges). For other service providers, Glowpoint hosts components of the provider’s video solution.



24



All of Glowpoint’s unique features and services have been designed so that the entire suite can be “private labeled” by other service providers or companies who want to integrate video communications into their existing products quickly and cost efficiently. “Glowpoint Enabling” is very similar to the concept of “Intel inside” where, for example, Glowpoint provides all of the video infrastructure and support, including customer portals and billing applications, as a private label service for a third party, who in turn sells these services to their customers. Glowpoint has been involved in a number of private label opportunities, including Sony and Vision Net in Australia, and have a number of additional opportunities pending. Other examples of leveraging our video application services across other networks include Glowpoint-enabling the networks of providers such as Masergy, Savvis, AT&T, and Qwest.

Intellectual Property

Supporting these unique services and features is Glowpoint’s patented and patent-pending proprietary technology developed specifically for two-way video communications. Over the past six years, we have spent in excess of $7 million and tens of thousands of engineering hours in designing, building, and perfecting our managed video services and spent in excess of $8 million building the Glowpoint network. We have focused our research and development on the three key factors that we believe are essential to the successful delivery and widespread adoption of video communications: (i) network architecture; (ii) video applications and telephony features; and (iii) hardware interoperability. Our research and development has led to a patent and a number of patent applications (see below) and various solutions. We know of no competitor that offers any service with comparable features, performance, reliability, and scalability, and we believe there are significant barriers to create one.

Network Architecture

We designed and built our global network to meet and exceed what we believe to be the needs and expectations of two-way video communications. Our architecture includes patented and patent pending technologies that provide advantages over other networks that are capable of carrying video, including such Glowpoint features as interoperability between IP and ISDN systems, fast re-route of video calls, varied and flexible “last mile” connectivity options that support multiple protocols, 99.99% Quality of Service (“QoS”) commitment, and a fully redundant and secure backbone design.

Our network is a secure, state-of-the-art multiple protocol layer switching (MPLS) backbone with the redundancy and reliability businesses demand for their critical applications. Our network is a ring with mesh points to provide full redundancy on the backbone. Utilizing carrier grade Cisco products in the core, we have been able to design a backbone that is scalable and can easily grow as demand dictates. With the increasing adoption of HD (High Definition) video systems and telepresence rooms, the expectation is that the demand for more bandwidth per video call will also grow. Our investment in our backbone architecture accounted for this and our backbone capacity can more than triple with modest additional investment.

We maintain a state-of-the-art network operations center (NOC) at our Hillside, NJ headquarters, from which we monitor the operations of our network on a 24x7 basis. The NOC’s primary functions are to monitor the network, manage and support all backbone equipment, and provide proactive and on-demand support for our customers. Video traffic does not pass through our NOC, nor does usage information or authentication packets. We designed our network to handle those functions at our Points of Presence (POPs), which was done for improved video performance and, more importantly, to address security and disaster recovery/business continuity matters. We utilize Netcool, HP OpenView and NetVigil network management tools to monitor and support our network. We also use Remedy for workflow in order to track and report trouble tickets.



25



Our proprietary network architecture includes Glowpoint-owned equipment installed at collocation centers across the country, connected by multiple dedicated high-speed circuits. These Points of Presence (POPs) are connected in a ring topology with strategic mesh points, which virtually eliminate the risk of a single point of failure and provide industry-leading throughput, scalability and mission-critical resiliency. We have contracted with numerous network providers for backbone circuits, aggregate hubs and collocation facilities. Our primary vendors in the United States are (i) Qwest for backbone connectivity, (ii) Qwest, Verizon Business/MCI and Covad for the aggregate hubs, and (iii) Equinix for collocation facilities. We have also contracted with a number of “last mile” providers in the United States and abroad to deliver local loops to our customer locations. In the United States, Covad Communications and New Edge are our primary SDSL providers with Qwest, Verizon Business/MCI, and XO Communications providing private line DS-1 services. We use Network-I and Easynet for DSL as well as T-Systems, Asia Netcom, Savvis, Masergy, Telstra, Global Crossings and others for international connectivity. Our goal is to partner with carriers who can provide dedicated broadband access to our network using either digital subscriber lines (DSL) or dedicated 1.5 mbps (DS-1) or 45 mbps (DS-3) lines. We have many access options for connecting customer locations to the backbone, including SDSL, HDSL, T1, DS3, Sonet, ATM and Gigabit Ethernet options.

Our network architecture was specially designed for the efficient and cost-effective delivery of feature-rich two-way video content. The network boasts a fully deployed and sophisticated gatekeeper infrastructure that can support thousands of video endpoints with redundancy. This design enables us to provide a unique set of value-added services, such as intelligent call routing and an exclusive consolidated video call detail record (CDR) feature that allows for detailed tracking on a call-by-call basis for point-to-point, gateway and multi-point calls. Competitive providers of network, such as telecommunications carriers (see “Competition” below), would have to install video-specific gatekeeper technology throughout their networks to provide the additional functionality necessary to create similar service capability. The challenge facing these carriers to replicate our network features is two-fold: (i) the sheer volume of data traffic carried by their networks would make such a project enormously expensive and, most likely, cost prohibitive and (ii) the gatekeepers alone do not route calls and track usage, it is our other proprietary technology that augments the gatekeeper functionality. We have also developed a specialized configuration of software, hardware and global positioning technology that enables us to accurately monitor jitter, packet loss and latency to maximize overall network performance.

With our origins in videoconferencing equipment sales and service, we have a broad understanding of the unique demands placed on a network by a video communication application. Telecommunication carrier networks were simply not designed for two-way video communications. Unlike a standard data application, video applications immediately expose network performance limitations. It was this need for quality and reliability that prompted us to develop our own network dedicated exclusively to two-way video communications, but designed using standard (and proven) network concepts and methodologies. We also believed that a network alone would not offer a sustainable competitive advantage. Accordingly, we developed and continue to develop proprietary software and hardware-based service offerings that leverage our dedicated proprietary network architecture and enables us to offer high quality and easy-to-use video communications.

Video Applications and Telephony Features

We developed and offer a full array of pioneering applications and features targeted to the specific demands of two-way video communications, making it as easy and spontaneous as using the telephone but with the power of face-to-face communications. In April 2007, we were awarded a U.S. Patent for our live video operator assistance feature. This patented technology provides customers the ability to obtain live, face-to-face assistance and has widespread application, from general video call assistance to “video concierge” services. This patent is an essential component of providing “expert on demand” and telepresence “white glove” (our VNOC) services.  

Other proprietary features and services include call forwarding, the video call distributor, unassisted incoming and outgoing gateway calling, bridging-on-demand meeting rooms, least-cost international call routing, web-based scheduling, video endpoint authentication via LDAP servers, firewall traversal services, customer information center, data collection and statistical analysis tools. Many of these features and services are the subject of patented and patent-pending technology (see below) and were developed to offer a unique set of video communication capabilities, services and features that are difficult for any competitor to match.



26



Hardware Interoperability

We are hardware agnostic. Therefore, we strive to ensure that our managed video services work with any available standards-based videoconferencing equipment. Through the Glowpoint Certification Program, we test and assess new equipment, options and configurations for use throughout our network. The program sets strict standards for equipment performance and service levels. Customers can be assured that Glowpoint-certified products conform to the highest standards of compliancy as well as interoperability with other leading manufacturers of similar products. Our certification team has created a comprehensive testing and evaluation methodology requiring that each manufacturer’s class of video communications equipment meet or exceed performance, reliability and interoperability levels in the areas of video, audio, data, feature and capability set. We maintain a close relationship with all of the leading video equipment manufacturers, such as Polycom, Tandberg, Sony, Cisco, HaiVision, Life Size and Radvision, and provide each of them with information about their products’ performance.

Patents and Patents-Pending

Because we were the first dedicated IP-video service provider, the development of our network architecture and video applications resulted in a significant amount of intellectual property – from real-time rating and billing for video calls to video call center applications for customer support. In 2007, we received our first patent and a number of others have been filed and are in various stages of the patent process. This patented and patent-pending proprietary technology provides an important barrier for competitive offerings of similar telephony-like managed video services. We are unique and, given our proprietary technology, believe we are especially well positioned to partner with telecommunications carriers, virtual private network providers, equipment manufacturers, resellers and other companies focused on integrating innovative and high quality video solutions into their product mix.

As mentioned above, we were recently awarded U.S. Patent No. 7,200,213 B2 in April 2007 for our live video operator assistance feature. This patented technology provides customers the ability to obtain live, face-to-face assistance and has widespread application, from general video call assistance to “video concierge” services. This patent is an essential component of providing “expert on demand” and telepresence “white glove” (our VNOC) services. We believe this patent helps solidify our position as the leader in developing solutions that make video communications a critical business application for our customers.

We have substantial intellectual property with regard to two-way video communications. Due to resource prioritization matters, we have initially only pursued those patent applications we believe are the most strategic. The following is a brief description of our pending patents and their role in our managed video service offering:

·

Video Call Director - When you place a voice telephone call, you expect some resolution of it – a completed call, a busy signal, or a message that you dialed the wrong number. In the IP-video world, we do not believe that this functionality existed before Glowpoint. Customers placing IP video calls would receive cryptic error codes or invalid network error messages. We developed the Video Call Director technology to intelligently redirect calls based on various conditions. The technology is deployed as “Lisa”, our video call assistant. Now, when a Glowpoint customer places a video call that does not connect, he is greeted with an interactive video message from “Lisa” explaining some reasons and offering him the option of reaching a live video operator for assistance. The ability to intelligently route video calls based on various conditions lends itself to numerous other capabilities and services, including video mailbox, follow-me video numbers (see below), and video call transfers and forwarding.

·

Method and Process for the Glowpoint Video Call Distributor – Our video call distributor technology permits businesses to route real-time, two-way video calls over an IP network using a call management system (e.g., a traditional PBX-based automatic call distribution system) that may serve multiple possible endpoints (for example, a call center environment). This video call distributor integrates the features and services of traditional voice call distribution systems with video calls. It is built on previously patented Glowpoint technology as well as new technology developed specifically for this solution, which is marketed as Glowpoint’s Customer Connect offering. We believe this patent-pending technology is a critical component of skills-based video call centers, where video calls can be routed to the appropriate person based on predetermined skill sets or criteria. For example, in our  video banking pilot (discussed above), this patent-pending technology has been used to route video calls to English and Spanish speaking video bankers depending on a selection made at the remote branch location.



27



·

Method and Process for Consolidated Video Call Detail Records (CDR) - Many of the individual video conferencing products have the ability to create their own CDRs. However, in a service provider environment with many independent products supporting a complex suite of services, the ability to gather and provide call details in a consolidated manner did not, to our knowledge, exist. Without that capability, it would be virtually impossible to bill customers for usage-based video calls, and difficult to run a video communications business. Therefore, we developed the technology and method for automatically gathering video call details. Even though we provide unlimited usage across the Glowpoint network, the technology has been applied to expanded uses, including providing customers with online call detail, specialized utilization reports, stewardship reports, and tracking unique billing codes to every video call. This patent-pending technology has been instrumental in selling our managed video services to law firms, consultants and professional services customers.

·

Method and Process for Video over IP Network Management – When Glowpoint was launched, we found no network existed at the time to support high quality two-way video communications. As a result, we developed a highly sophisticated network that included our backbone network architecture and our video network architecture. We combined off the shelf components with proprietary design and technology to create the world’s first dedicated IP video network. In addition to the method and process for building this network, we developed and deployed unique testing tools that enable us to closely monitor key metrics associated with successfully delivering high quality video communications. With the introduction of HD and telepresence, there are increased concerns regarding carrying video traffic with data traffic on the same network. We believe these concerns underscore the need to carry video communications on Glowpoint’s patent-pending dedicated IP video network.

·

Systems and Method for Video Transport Services (Service Provider Based Firewall Traversal) – Our initial product offering included customers using our video applications and managed network services as a completely outsourced solution for all video communications. However, as convergence (using one network for data, voice and video) gained acceptance, we were asked by customers to support a hybrid solution, where some video endpoints remained on the customer’s network but other locations and the video application services (multi-point conferencing, gateway to ISDN, etc.) were provided across Glowpoint’s network. In order to accommodate the need to traverse the customer’s network in a secure fashion, we developed our Video Transport Service (VTS) specifically to provide firewall traversal solutions in a managed service offering. While individual firewall traversal products can be purchased from various hardware manufacturers, we believe our patent-pending technology is the first complete service solution.

·

Systems and Method for Automated Routing of Incoming and Outgoing Video Calls between IP and ISDN network – Even though adoption of IP video has seen a surge recently, a significant portion of video communications users in the world still utilize legacy ISDN networks. Early on, we wanted to ensure that the migration from ISDN to IP would be painless and we understood the need to be able to seamlessly connect IP users with ISDN systems around the world. We believe Glowpoint is still the only service that assigns real phone numbers to customers that enable them to simply dial the phone number to “gateway” from their IP system on Glowpoint to ISDN systems. In addition, Glowpoint customers can be called directly from virtually any ISDN video system or even a phone anywhere in the world. This patent-pending automated call routing capability has been leveraged to provide a least cost gateway to customers, routing the call to the most inexpensive gateway exit point off the Glowpoint network before entering the PSTN/ISDN network.

·

Video Communications Control System/Parental Control – In late 2005, Glowpoint introduced IVE (Instant Video Everywhere), a software-based video service that works with a simple web camera over the Internet. During development and market research it became apparent that the early adopters of consumer based two-way video communications would be teenagers and young adults. Given that demographic and the proliferation of tools to help parents control what websites are visited by their children, we felt that parental control of two-way video communications was a logical requirement as video communications became more mainstream. This patent-pending technology leverages existing parental control codes and guidelines to restrict video calls from being placed or received from blocked callers. It also permits parents to establish a “friends and family” directory of allowable video numbers that can be called. While it may be currently ahead of its time, we believe this patent-pending technology will be valuable in the future.



28



·

Method and Process for Follow-Me Video Phone Number – Our IVE (Instant Video Everywhere) product offering was intended to enable traveling business people to stay connected by video wherever they go. These “road warriors” could log into IVE from a hotel room, airport lounge, or anywhere else a quality broadband connection was available, and place and receive video calls. In order to enhance the experience and integration with the video systems in their offices, Glowpoint developed technology to create a Follow-Me Video number capability. Essentially, the user has one video phone number and, if logged into IVE, the video call will automatically route there instead of the video system in the user’s office. This patent-pending technology allows our customer to have one video number, one video mailbox, and yet literally be reached by video anywhere in the world.

Sales and Marketing

We market and sell our managed video services to a broad range of businesses in many industries through both direct and indirect sales channels. As noted above (see “Overview - Industry Overview”), videoconferencing equipment manufacturers, equipment resellers, audio/visual integrators, and network providers have expanded our indirect sales channels. Many of the complex solutions sought in today’s market have created new and unique opportunities for the sale of Glowpoint services. We also continue to diversify our lead generation and sales efforts by integrating these indirect sales channels with aggressive internal lead generation programs and vertical industry focused marketing and promotional efforts. No matter the lead generation, sales or distribution channel, our goal is to provide all with a world-class service, sales and collateral materials, training, and management tools to reduce barriers and increase our return on investment against our sales, marketing and promotional efforts.

One of our main sales challenges has been that video communications is not generally perceived as a critical application for most companies. This has resulted in historically moderate growth and longer sales cycles. Recognizing this, we set out to create new markets where video communications plays a critical role in business practices. Two areas we have focused on are the legal and broadcast/media sectors. Law firms have been using video conferencing for years, but poor performance and the difficulty of associating its usage to clients prevented widespread utilization and growth in the sector. Therefore, Glowpoint introduced a legal industry-focused video solution, which combines Glowpoint’s high-quality managed video services with special billing features that enable law firms to enter a client/matter billing code before placing a video call. This innovation established Glowpoint as a key component of many law firms’ communication infrastructures and translated into more sales success.

For the broadcast/media industry, we recognized its need to acquire more content and do so more cost effectively. Therefore, we introduced a highly managed and supported service that has been utilized to acquire video content for broadcasters, cable companies and other media enterprises, especially in the sports, news and entertainment industries. Rather than utilizing an expensive satellite feed, companies can acquire broadcast-quality standard definition (SD) and high definition (HD) content over a dedicated Glowpoint IP connection at a fraction of the cost. The initial SD use of Glowpoint in the broadcast sector was in 2002 when we provided this service to ESPN during the NFL and NBA Drafts. ESPN has used it for interviews from team locations with coaches, players and analysts during their coverage of the drafts every year since 2002. In 2007, we launched a High Definition (HD) content acquisition solution that we branded TeamCamHD and RemoteCamHD and announced a multi-year agreement with NASCAR Images as the first customer to deploy this solution, which will be utilized to provide the NASCAR industry the ability to acquire content, such as driver interviews between races, which may then be distributed to key media outlets for television broadcast. This sales focus on the broadcast/media sector translated into approximately a 67% revenue growth rate from 2005 to 2006 and more than a 100% revenue growth rate from 2006 to 2007.

Our current plans include focusing on telepresence support services and “business-to-business-to-consumer” (“B2B2C”) applications, mining our existing customer base for additional sales, targeting select market segments that have shown the greatest promise (e.g., legal and broadcast/media), strengthening our indirect sales channel relationships, and continued conversion of ISDN users. Depending on the source, anywhere from 50% to 70% of installed video systems are still using legacy ISDN services. Considering that there are an estimated 500,000 to 1,000,000 video systems in the United States alone, we believe there is still a huge untapped market available to convert to Glowpoint IP services. We will continue to create sales programs designed to convince legacy ISDN users to migrate to IP, which may include bundles with resellers, where equipment and services are sold to the customer as one package.



29



The decision about what network or service to use is generally made at the same time a customer purchases video conferencing equipment. Because we do not sell video equipment, we have not been included in a number of opportunities at the point of sale. The only way to ensure Glowpoint is involved at the point of sale is through the indirect channel, mostly made up of companies that also sell video equipment. Glowpoint initiated a campaign in May 2006 to re-energize that sales channel and reestablish relationships. The result was an increase from 10% of new sales coming through that channel prior to May 2006 to approximately 40% of new sales from June through December 2006 coming through that channel and approximately 39% of new sales coming through that channel in 2007.

We also view B2B2C opportunities as very exciting, and “disruptive”, in the market. While the Glowpoint products and service have tremendous potential in the consumer market, we are not currently positioned to realize that potential. Therefore, we are developing and marketing solutions to other businesses where the ultimate user is that business’ customer. An example of this is video banking, where a bank is currently using Glowpoint’s patented and patent-pending technology to sell services to customers at branch office locations from a central video banking call center. By going to market with a B2B2C offering, we can reap the benefits of consumers using our managed video services without the expense and risk of trying to reach out to them directly.

Customers

We have a stable, growing customer base of over 660 customers ranging from Fortune 100 companies to federal, state, and municipal governmental entities to businesses and service professionals (e.g., accountants and lawyers) to non-profit organizations. Our top ten current market segments at the end of 2007, listed in order of contribution to revenue, are: legal and law enforcement, approximately 15% of revenue; broadcast /media, 14%; governmental entities (local, state and federal), 10%; banking and finance, 10%; manufacturing, 8%; education 5%; healthcare and medicine, 5%; services (including consulting), 4%; food and beverage, 4%; and engineering and construction, 3%. No single customer represents more than 10% of our revenue.

Employees

As of December 31, 2007, we had 65 full-time employees. Of these employees, 10 are involved in backbone engineering and development, 22 in customer service and operations, 18 in sales and marketing and 15 in corporate functions. None of our employees is represented by a labor union. We believe that our employee relations are good.

Competition

For the sale of our video application services and managed network services, we mainly compete against telecommunications carriers, VPN service providers, and videoconferencing equipment resellers. Many of our competitors have greater resources than we do, including, without limitation, financial, engineering, personnel, intellectual property, research and development, and network. Telecommunications carriers, such as AT&T, Verizon Business/MCI, Sprint and some of the regional Bell operating companies, mainly compete on the basis of offering network and a converged solution of data, voice and video. VPN service providers and smaller regional network providers, such as Masergy Communications, XO Communications, and SAVVIS, are all capable of supporting video over their networks, but do not offer video services directly. Typically, these providers partner with a video service provider, such as Wire One/VSPAN or IVCI, to compete directly with us. These relationships generally are not exclusive and we have been able to partner with a number of would-be competitors with the intent of selling our video application services to be delivered over their networks. Glowpoint-enabled third party networks is one way Glowpoint ensures it can work closely with carriers and customers to deliver video services even if Glowpoint’s network is not selected. Some videoconferencing equipment resellers have opted to create their own video services offering, using third party networks (such as Savvis or Masergy) to sell video services at the equipment point of sale. We do not believe that any of these offerings have the full range and scope of services that Glowpoint offers.  



30



For our multi-point conferencing services, we compete against other multi-point conferencing providers, many of whom also have greater resources than we do, including, without limitation, financial, engineering, personnel, intellectual property, research and development, and network. In addition to the above-mentioned telecommunications carriers, competitors include audio conferencing companies that have added video functionality, such as InterCall (a subsidiary of West Corporation and recently announced acquirer of Genesys Conferencing), ACT Teleconferencing, and Wire One/VSPAN. We believe these competitors are still heavily dependent on ISDN and have little or no expertise in IP video. By combining our managed video service with our multi-point conferencing services, we offer tremendous performance and cost savings to our customers that we believe is difficult, if not nearly impossible, for the competition to match at this time.

We compete primarily on the basis of our:

·

sole focus on two-way video communications;

·

breadth of service offerings;

·

full support of all industry standards;

·

unique custom built applications and services;

·

global network presence;

·

technical expertise;

·

knowledgeable video service and training personnel; and

·

commitment to world-class customer service and support.

More than just a provider of bandwidth for video communications, we have developed a comprehensive approach to significantly improve video communications so that it can become an integral tool for business communications. We not only designed a network specifically for two-way video communications but also have continued to develop proprietary network applications that ensure a high quality, reliable and easy-to-use experience. Glowpoint supports any standards-based videoconferencing equipment and, through our certification program, we have developed expertise in the area of hardware interoperability across IP networks. Our value-added services include video operators, multi-point video conferencing (bridging), seamless connectivity from IP to ISDN (gateway services), on-line real-time billing and a call detail portal. Our services offer subscribers substantially reduced transmission costs and superior video communications quality, remote monitoring and management of all video endpoint subscriber locations utilizing SNMP for products that support SNMP, video streaming, firewall transport services and VNOC support for telepresence rooms.

We believe that our ability to compete successfully will depend on a number of factors both within and outside of our control, including the adoption and evolution of technologies relating to our business, the pricing policies of competitors and suppliers, the ability to hire and retain key technical and management personnel, the availability of adequate working capital to fund our sales and marketing plans, and industry and general economic conditions.

Our Properties

Our headquarters are located at 225 Long Avenue, Hillside, New Jersey 07205. These premises consist of approximately 17,400 square feet of leased office space and 3,000 square feet of leased warehouse facilities. Our lease currently expires on the earlier of December 31, 2010 and six months following notice that we intend to vacate the premises, so long as such earlier date is not before December 31, 2008. The base rent for the premises is currently approximately $214,000 per annum. In addition, we are obligated to pay our share of the landlord’s operating expenses (that is, those expenses incurred by the landlord in connection with the ownership, operation, management, maintenance and repair of the premises, including, among other things, the cost of common-area electricity, operational services and real estate taxes). The Hillside premises house our corporate functions and our network operations center. In addition to our headquarters, we lease a technical facility in Ventura, California that houses our Bridging Services group, help desk and technical personnel. We believe our current facilities are suitable and adequate for our business needs and growth prospects.



31



SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following summary of selected consolidated financial information, with respect to the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the audited consolidated financial statements and footnotes included elsewhere in this document. With respect to the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, the related information should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the audited consolidated financial statements and footnotes filed on Form 8-K filed on February 27, 2007. The historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of future results.

Consolidated Statement of Operations Information:

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

Revenue

 

$

22,792

 

$

19,511

 

$

17,735

 

$

15,867

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

15,212

 

 

13,583

 

 

14,984

 

 

16,019

 

Gross margin (loss)

 

 

7,580

 

 

5,928

 

 

2,751

 

 

(152

)

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

810

 

 

816

 

 

1,242

 

 

1,078

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

3,061

 

 

2,570

 

 

4,028

 

 

3,265

 

General and administrative

 

 

8,330

 

 

11,049

 

 

14,120

 

 

12,598

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

12,201

 

 

14,435

 

 

19,390

 

 

16,941

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(4,621

)

 

(8,507

)

 

(16,639

)

 

(17,093

)

Interest and other expense (income):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense, including $261, $0, $0
and $0, respectively, for Insider Purchasers

 

 

6,043

 

 

3,969

 

 

3

 

 

63

 

Amortization of deferred financing costs,
including $14, $0, $0 and $0, respectively,
for Insider Purchasers

 

 

531

 

 

389

 

 

 

 

448

 

(Decrease) increase in fair value of derivative
financial instruments, including $328, $0, $0
and $0, respectively, for Insider Purchasers

 

 

(5,665

)

 

(1,992

)

 

271

 

 

134

 

Interest income

 

 

(59

)

 

(83

)

 

(100

)

 

(92

)

Other income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,000

)

Amortization of discount on subordinated debentures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,650

 

Gain on marketable equity securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(132

)

Gain on settlement with Gores

 

 

 

 

 

 

(379

)

 

 

Loss on exchange of debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

743

 

Total interest and other expense (income), net

 

 

850

 

 

2,283

 

 

(205

)

 

(1,186

)

Net loss

 

$

(5,471

)

$

(10,790

)

$

(16,434

)

$

(15,907

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted

 

$

(0.11

)

$

(0.24

)

$

(0.41

)

$

(0.45

)

Weighted average number of common shares and share equivalents outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted

 

 

46,735

 

 

46,242

 

 

44,348

 

 

36,416

 




32




Balance Sheet Information:

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

2,312

 

$

2,153

 

$

2,023

 

$

4,497

 

Working capital (deficit)

 

 

(9,092

)

 

(11,868

)

 

(3,526

)

 

2,158

 

Total assets

 

 

8,562

 

 

8,393

 

 

9,037

 

 

14,992

 

Long-term debt (including current portion)

 

 

7,231

 

 

4,326

 

 

 

 

35

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 

$

 (17,172

)

$

(11,591

)

$

(2,405

)

$

1,699

 



MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS


The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 and the notes attached hereto. All statements contained herein that are not historical facts, including, but not limited to, statements regarding anticipated future capital requirements, our future development plans, our ability to obtain debt, equity or other financing, and our ability to generate cash from operations, are based on current expectations. The discussion of results, causes and trends should not be construed to imply any conclusion that such results or trends will necessarily continue in the future. The Company operates in one segment and therefore segment information is not presented.

Overview

Glowpoint is a premiere broadcast-quality, IP (Internet Protocol)-based managed video services provider. Our mission is to improve the ease-of-use, cost-effectiveness, functionality, and quality of existing video communications in order to make it an integral and ubiquitous part of everyday business and personal communications. We believe video communications should be as easy and spontaneous to use as your telephone, but with the power of face-to-face communication.  

We view our services as analogous to cellular service providers in the cellular telephone industry. Regardless of the cellular phone purchased, users must select a cellular service provider to make it work. Users make that service decision based on the features, reliability and price offered by the service provider. In our industry, regardless of the video conferencing equipment purchased, Glowpoint provides the managed video services to make it work. In doing so, we offer a vast array of managed video services, including video application services, managed network services, IP and ISDN videoconferencing services, multi-point conferencing (bridging), technology hosting and management, and professional services. We provide these services to a wide variety of companies, from large enterprises and governmental entities to small and medium-sized businesses. Glowpoint is exclusively focused on high quality two-way video communications. We have bundled some of our managed services to offer video communication solutions for broadcast/media content acquisition and for video call center applications. With the advent of HD (High Definition) and telepresence solutions, we have combined various components of our features and services into a comprehensive service offering for enterprise end user customers that can support any of the telepresence products on the market today. Glowpoint is also wholesaling its services and providing branding for manufacturers, carriers, and integrators seeking to offer this service as a value-add to their offerings for their customer bases.

Glowpoint’s managed video services are hardware agnostic, supporting all recognized video standards. As a result, we have become the global video interconnection point, linking together “islands of video” across third party private networks (e.g., provided by AT&T, SBC, Qwest and others), protocols (e.g., H320, H323, IP, SIP, and VoIP), and devices (e.g., desktop, laptop, and mobile phone). Glowpoint’s services provide users with a consistent experience - regardless of how they are connecting or where they are connecting from.



33



Glowpoint’s managed video services involve two major components, the Glowpoint video applications services and the Glowpoint network services. The video application services are network agnostic and may be leveraged by customers on any QoS (Quality of Service) network that supports two-way video transport. The Glowpoint network services leverage the Glowpoint network, a multiple protocol layer switching (MPLS) QoS network that is dedicated to high-quality two-way video transport built and managed by Glowpoint. The Glowpoint network is exclusively dedicated to IP-based video communications, which allows us to optimize performance and routing of video and audio packets so as to offer broadcast quality images with telephony-like reliability, features and ease-of-use. Glowpoint’s reach spans the globe, with 11 points of presence (POPs) and unlimited peering capability to deliver Glowpoint services to customers in virtually any region in the world. A unique feature of the Glowpoint network is its sophisticated gatekeeper infrastructure and configuration along with its patent-pending call control capabilities (see “Intellectual Property” above), which enable customers to seamlessly connect to nearly any standards-based video communications user, whether they are still using ISDN or the Internet, across the United States as well as to virtually any major city around the world. Since videoconferencing users typically can only communicate to others on the same service, Glowpoint is bridging these isolated islands of video and making video communications more ubiquitous.  

Going Concern

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern. We have incurred recurring operating losses and negative operating cash flows since our inception including a net loss attributable to common stockholders of $4,924,000 and negative operating cash flows of $1,878,000 for the year ended December 31, 2007. The Company performed an evaluation of its long-lived assets, however, and determined that there is an excess of projected cash flow on an undiscounted basis over the long-lived carrying amount. Therefore, the Company believes that no impairment losses were required. At December 31, 2007, we had cash and cash equivalents of $2,312,000, a working capital deficit of $9,092,000 and an accumulated deficit of $178,094,000. Additionally, the Senior Secured Notes have been renegotiated to mature in March 2009. We raised capital in the Private Placements, but continue to sustain losses and negative operating cash flows. These factors raise substantial doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern. In 2006, we implemented a corporate restructuring plan designed to reduce certain operating, sales and marketing and general and administrative costs (see Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements for further information). Assuming we realize all of the savings from our restructured operating activities and assuming we are able to negotiate favorable terms with the authorities regarding our sales and use taxes and regulatory fees (see Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements for further information), we believe that our available capital as of December 31, 2007 will enable us to continue as a going concern through December 31, 2008. There are no assurances that we will be able to raise additional capital as needed upon acceptable terms nor any assurances that we will be able to repay or further refinance or renegotiate the terms and maturity date of the Senior Secured Notes. If we are unable to repay the Senior Secured Notes and unable to renegotiate their maturity or issue new securities on favorable terms to repay them, it would have a material adverse effect on the Company. The accompanying consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from this uncertainty.

Critical Accounting Policies

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements attached hereto. We believe the following critical accounting policies involve the most significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements:



34



Revenue Recognition

We recognize subscription revenue when the applicable services have been performed. Revenues billed in advance are deferred until the revenue has been earned. Other service revenue, including amounts related to surcharges charged by our carriers, related to the Glowpoint managed network service and the multi-point video and audio bridging services as service is provided. As the non-refundable, upfront activation fees charged to the subscribers do not meet the criteria as a separate unit of accounting, they are deferred and recognized over the twenty-four month period estimated life of the customer relationship. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, we had deferred activation fees of $330,000 and $288,000, respectively, and related deferred installation costs of $67,000 and $53,000, respectively. Revenue related to integration services is recognized at the time the services are performed, and presented in accordance with EITF 99-19 “Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal Versus Net as an Agent”. Revenues derived from other sources are recognized when services are provided or events occur.

Use of Estimates

Preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual amounts could differ from the estimates made. We continually evaluate estimates used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements for continued reasonableness. Appropriate adjustments, if any, to the estimates used are made prospectively based upon such periodic evaluation. The significant areas of estimation include determining the allowance for doubtful accounts, deferred tax valuation allowance, accrued sales taxes, regulatory fees and related penalties and interest, the estimated life of customer relationships, the estimated lives and recoverability of property and equipment, the fair value of derivative financial instruments and the valuation of our Series C convertible preferred stock.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We record an allowance for doubtful accounts based on specifically identified amounts that we believe to be uncollectible. We also record additional allowances based on certain percentages of our aged receivables, which are determined based on historical experience and our assessment of the general financial conditions affecting our customer base. If our actual collections experience changes, revisions to our allowance may be required. After all attempts to collect a receivable have failed, we write off the receivable against the allowance.

Long-Lived Assets

We evaluate impairment losses on long-lived assets used in operations, primarily fixed assets, when events and circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets might not be recoverable in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 144 “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” .. For purposes of evaluating the recoverability of long-lived assets, the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are compared to the carrying amounts of those assets. If and when the carrying values of the assets exceed their fair values, the related assets will be written down to fair value. The Company performed an evaluation of its long-lived assets and determined that there is an excess of cash flow over the long-lived carrying amount. Therefore, the Company believes that no impairment losses were required.



35



Results of Operations

The following table sets forth, for the two years in the period ended December 31, 2007, the percentages of revenues represented by selected items reflected in our consolidated statements of operations. The comparisons of financial results are not necessarily indicative of future results:

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

Revenue

 

 

100.0

%

 

100.0

%

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

66.7

 

 

69.6

 

 

Gross margin

 

 

33.3

 

 

30.4

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

3.6

 

 

4.2

 

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

13.4

 

 

13.2

 

 

General and administrative

 

 

36.5

 

 

56.6

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

53.5

 

 

74.0

 

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(20.2

)

 

(43.6

)

 

Interest and other expense (income):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense, including 1.1% and 0.0%, respectively, for Insider Purchasers

 

 

26.5

 

 

20.3

 

 

Amortization of deferred financing costs, including 0.1% and 0.0%, respectively, for Insider Purchasers

 

 

2.3

 

 

2.0

 

 

Decrease in fair value of derivative financial instruments, including 1.4% and 0.0%, respectively, for Insider Purchasers  

 

 

(24.9

)

 

(10.2

)

 

Interest income

 

 

(0.3

)

 

(0.4

)

 

Total interest and other expense (income), net

 

 

3.6

 

 

11.7

 

 

Net loss

 

 

(23.8

)

 

(55.3

)

 

Gain on redemption of preferred stock

 

 

3.5

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock dividends

 

 

(1.1

)

 

(1.8

)

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

 

 

(21.4

)%

 

(57.1

)%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Year ended December 31, 2007 (the “2007 year”) compared to year ended December 31, 2006 (the “2006 year”)

Revenue - Revenue increased by $3,281,000, or 16.8%, to $22,792,000 in the 2007 year from $19,511,000 in the 2006 year. Subscription and related revenue increased $2,020,000, or 15.6%, to $14,949,000 in the 2007 year from $12,929,000 in the 2006 year. The increased subscription and related revenue is caused by increases in installed subscription circuits and in revenue per circuit. Non-subscription revenue consisting of bridging, services, special events and other one-time fees increased $1,261,000, or 19.2%, in the 2007 year to $7,843,000 from $6,582,000 in the 2006 year. The primary causes were $973,000 of one-time integration services on equipment required by broadcast customers as part of the implementation of their two-year agreements. Glowpoint was asked to facilitate the procurement and integration of equipment on behalf of the broadcast customers and agreed to do so as a pass-through service. Therefore all equipment integrated into the solution was billed to the broadcast customers at cost plus a slight mark-up and the related costs are included in cost of revenue. In addition, bridging services increased $556,000, or 21.0%, in the 2007 year to $3,203,000 from $2,647,000 in the 2006 year. This was a result of a concerted effort by the Company to grow revenue from bridging services and was facilitated by the hiring of a Product Manager who focused on the bridging business.   

Cost of revenues - Cost of revenue increased by $1,629,000, or 12.0%, to $15,212,000 in the 2007 year from $13,583,000 in the 2006 year. The primary components of this increase were $1,521,000 of sales taxes and regulatory fees that until the fourth period of 2006 may not have been properly collected and remitted and, as a result we had accrued this liability in general and administrative expenses. Subsequently, these sales taxes and regulatory fees are being properly collected and remitted to the taxing authorities and that expense is now included



36



in cost of revenues. Another increase was for $922,000 of one-time integration services on equipment required by broadcast customers, discussed in the Revenue section above. These increases were partially offset by $437,000 of savings from the continuing efforts to eliminate costs in our network and our on-going activity involving the renegotiation of rates and the migration of service to lower cost providers where possible and a $377,000 reduction in depreciation costs.

The components of cost of revenues and their percentage of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

 

2007

 

% of 2007
Revenues

 

2006

 

% of 2006
Revenues

 

Telecommunication carrier charges

     

$

11,244

     

 

49.3%

     

$

10,844

     

 

55.6%

 

Sales taxes and regulatory fees

 

 

1,845

 

 

8.1%

 

 

324

 

 

1.7%

 

Depreciation

 

 

1,134

 

 

5.0%

 

 

1,511

 

 

7.7%

 

Salaries and benefits

 

 

706

 

 

3.1%

 

 

625

 

 

3.2%

 

General overhead costs

 

 

283

 

 

1.2%

 

 

279

 

 

1.4%

 

Total for the year

 

$

15,212

 

 

66.7%

 

$

13,583

 

 

69.6%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross margin - Gross margin increased by $1,652,000, or 27.9%, to $7,580,000 from $5,928,000 in the 2006 year. The savings discussed in the Cost of Revenue section and the additional revenue caused our gross margin to increase to 33.3% in the 2007 year from 30.4% in the 2006 year. Excluding the broadcast customers integration transactions our gross margin percentage is 34.5% in the 2007 year. Since the cost of revenue decreased primarily from the renegotiation of rates and the migration of service, the rate of increase in our gross margin percentage is not indicative of results expected to be achieved in subsequent periods.

Research and development - Research and development expenses, which include the costs of the personnel in this group, the equipment they use and their use of the network for development projects, decreased by $6,000, or 0.7%, to $810,000 in the 2007 year from $816,000 in the 2006 year. The decrease was a result of a $90,000 increase in capitalized software development costs related to our “Customer Connect” software that is to be sold, leased or licensed to third parties in the future, reductions of $23,000 in salaries and benefits as a result of the corporate restructuring that took place in March 2006 and $15,000 of depreciation. These decreases were partially offset by a $116,000 increase in contract employees. Research and development expenses, as a percentage of revenue, were 3.6% for the 2007 year versus 4.2% for the 2006 year.

Sales and marketing - Sales and marketing expenses, which include sales personnel salaries, commissions, overhead and marketing costs, increased $491,000, or 19.1%, to $3,061,000 in the 2007 year from $2,570,000 in the 2006 year. The primary components of the increase were $196,000 for salaries and benefits as a result of new employees for bridging and general salespeople, $174,000 for marketing and trade show expenses, $60,000 for agent commissions, $38,000 for contract employees and $37,000 in travel and entertainment costs. These increases were partially offset by reductions of $11,000 of depreciation and $8,000 of consultant fees.  Sales and marketing expenses, as a percentage of revenue, were 13.4% for the 2007 year versus 13.2% for the 2006 year.

General and administrative - General and administrative expenses, which includes direct corporate expenses related to costs of personnel in the various corporate support categories, including executive, finance, human resources and information technology decreased $2,719,000, or 24.6%, in the 2007 year to $8,330,000 from $11,049,000 in the 2006 year. The primary components of this decrease were $1,200,000 for the March 2006 restructuring program, $977,000 of sales taxes and regulatory fees that are now included in cost of revenue, $585,000 in professional fees primarily related to the restatements of 2004 and 2005 consolidated financial statements, $126,000 of equipment rental, $110,000 of salaries and benefits as a result of the March 2006 restructuring program, $77,000 of depreciation and $60,000 of contract employees. These reductions were partially offset by increases of $184,000 of consulting expenses, $59,000 in deferred compensation, $41,000 of maintenance and repairs, $35,000 of Board of Directors fees and $34,000 of bank fees. General and administrative expenses, as a percentage of revenue, were 36.5% in the 2007 year versus 56.6% in the 2006 year.



37



Interest and other expense (income) - Interest and other expense of $850,000 principally reflects interest expense of $6,043,000 comprised of $1,977,000 for expensing of the beneficial conversion feature related to the Senior Secured Notes, $2,881,000 for the accretion of the discount related to the Senior Secured Notes, $912,000 of accrued but unpaid interest expense related to the Senior Secured Notes and $268,000 of accrued interest expense related to the sales and use taxes and regulatory fees and $5,000 of other interest. Amortization of deferred financing costs incurred in connection with the Senior Secured Notes was $531,000. Those expenses are partially offset by $2,022,000 decrease in fair value of derivative financial instruments and $59,000 of interest income.  In addition, in December 2007, in light of changes to Rule 144 of the Securities Act, we amended the Registration Rights Agreement to eliminate the requirement to register the shares issuable upon conversion of the Senior Secured Notes, thereby eliminating any requirement to deliver registered shares, which effectively eliminated the right of the holders of the Senior Secured Notes to demand that the Company pay such holders cash, calculated as defined in the Senior Secured Notes. Accordingly, the Company will no longer account for the beneficial conversion feature as a derivative liability. Therefore, in December 2007, the Company eliminated the $2,778,000 derivative liability related to the beneficial conversion feature that had been accrued as of that date.

Income taxes - As a result of our losses we recorded no provision for incomes taxes in the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006. Any deferred tax asset that would be related to our losses has been fully reserved under a valuation allowance, reflecting the uncertainties as to realization evidenced by the Company’s historical results and restrictions on the usage of the net operating loss carryforwards.

Net loss - Net loss decreased by $5,319,000, or 49.3%, to $5,471,000 in the 2007 year from $10,790,000 in the 2006 year.

Gain on redemption of preferred stock – As a result of the Preferred Stock Exchange (as defined in Note 9) in September 2007 we recognized a gain for the $799,000 excess of Series B Carrying Amount over the Series C Fair Value during 2007.

Preferred stock dividends - We recognized preferred stock dividends of $252,000 for the 2007 year and $347,000 for the 2006 year. The decrease in 2007 preferred stock dividends results from the September 2007 issuance of 474.8126 shares of a new Series C Preferred Stock, which does not pay dividends, in exchange for all of our then issued and outstanding Series B Preferred Stock, which bore 12% dividends.

Net loss attributable to common stockholders - Net loss attributable to common stockholders was $4,924,000 or $0.11 per basic and diluted share in the 2007 year. For the 2006 year, the net loss attributable to common stockholders was $11,137,000, or $0.24 per basic and diluted share.  

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming we will continue as a going concern. We have incurred recurring operating losses and negative operating cash flows since our inception including a net loss attributable to common stockholders of $4,924,000 for the year ended December 31, 2007. At December 31, 2007, we had a working capital deficit of $9,092,000. We had $2,312,000 in cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2007 and cash used in operating activities of $1,878,000 for the year ended December 31, 2007. We raised capital in March and April 2006 and September 2007 private placements, but continue to sustain losses and negative operating cash flows. These factors raise substantial doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern. Our primary liquidity requirements include capital expenditures and working capital needs and payment of the principal and interest on the Senior Secured Notes. See also, “Commitments and Contingencies” below. We fund our liquidity requirements primarily through existing cash and, to the extent necessary and available, through issuing equity or debt. In September 2007, we extended the maturity date of our then outstanding Senior Secured Notes to March 31, 2009 and we raised $3,230,000 by issuing additional Senior Secured Notes, which also mature on March 31, 2009. We believe that our available capital as of December 31, 2007, together with our restructured operating activities, the amended maturity date of the Senior Secured Notes, and assuming we are able to negotiate favorable terms with the authorities regarding our sales and use taxes and regulatory fees, will enable us to continue as a going concern through December 31, 2008. There are no assurances, however, that we will be able to negotiate favorable terms with the authorities regarding our sales and use taxes and regulatory fees.  If we are unable to negotiate favorable terms with the authorities regarding our sales and use taxes and regulatory fees, it would have a material adverse effect on the Company. The accompanying consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from these uncertainties.



38



March and April 2006 Financing

In March and April 2006, we issued Senior Secured Notes and warrants to purchase common stock in a private placement to accredited investors. In the March and April 2006 financing, we issued $5,665,000 and $515,000, respectively, with a total aggregate principal amount of $6,180,000 of our Senior Secured Notes, Series A warrants to purchase 6,180,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.65 per share and Series B warrants to purchase 6,180,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share. Both warrants are subject to certain anti-dilution protection. The Series B warrants only became exercisable  if we failed to achieve positive operating income, excluding certain restructuring and non-cash charges, identified on Schedule A of the Series B warrants, as amended, in the fourth quarter of 2006. Management determined that the Series B warrants were not exercisable because we achieved positive operating income, excluding the restructuring and non-cash charges listed on Schedule A of the Series B warrants, as amended, in the fourth quarter of 2006 (see “Non-Exercisability of Series B Warrants” below).

We also agreed to reduce the exercise price of previously issued warrants to purchase 3,625,000 shares of common stock held by the investors in this offering to $0.65 from a weighted average price of $3.38, and to extend the expiration date of any such warrants to no earlier than three years after the offering date. The new weighted average expiration date of the warrants was 3.5 years from a previous weighted average expiration date of 2.9 years. In addition, we issued to the designees and assigns of Burnham Hill Partners placement agent warrants to purchase 618,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.55 per share. All of the warrants issued are subject to certain anti-dilution protection. The $5,123,000 and $462,000 net proceeds of the March and April 2006, respectively, financings were used to support our corporate restructuring program and for working capital.

The Senior Secured Notes bear interest at 10% per annum (which increased to 12% commencing one (1) year following the issuance date in March and April 2007) and are convertible into common stock at a conversion price of $0.50 per share (x) at any time at the holder’s election or (y) automatically if the closing bid price (as defined in the Senior Secured Notes) of the Company’s common stock exceeds $1.25 (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations and similar transactions) for twenty (20) consecutive trading days. We have the option to pay the accrued interest for the Senior Secured Notes in cash or additional Senior Secured Notes. To date, all interest payments have been made by issuing additional Senior Secured Notes (the “Senior Secured Interest Notes”). As of December 31, 2007, the principal amount of all outstanding Senior Secured Interest Notes totaled $1,288,000. The maturity date of all Senior Secured Notes is March 31, 2009.

Non-Exercisability of Series B Warrants

We determined that the Series B warrants were not exercisable because we achieved positive operating income, excluding the restructuring and non-cash charges listed on Schedule A of the Series B warrants, as amended (“Adjusted Positive Operating Income”), of $156,000 in the fourth quarter of 2006. The Series B warrants only became exercisable  if we failed to achieve Adjusted Positive Operating Income in the fourth quarter of 2006. The identified restructuring and non-cash charges were set forth on Schedule A to the Series B warrants, as amended, which included:

“1.

$200,000 in connection with severance payments for reduction in force, defined as any costs related to a reduction in force, including ongoing contractual payments for employees terminated in support of restructuring of the business.

2.

$50,000 in connection with termination liabilities, defined as any costs to terminate a contract or consolidate facilities as part of the restructuring plan.

3.

The costs of this capital raise, defined as the amortization or expense of costs related to this financing, calculated in accordance with GAAP.

4.

$450,000 of depreciation expense, calculated in accordance with GAAP.

5.

$150,000 of deferred non-cash compensation expense, calculated in accordance with GAAP.

Amounts not used under any item of this Schedule A may be used under any other item of this Schedule A if the limit of such item has been surpassed in the fourth quarter of 2006.”



39



We determined that our unaudited 2006 fourth quarter loss from operations was $497,000. Because we do not issue quarterly consolidated financial statements for a fourth quarter, we calculated this loss from operations by subtracting (i) Glowpoint’s “Loss from operations” of $8,507,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006, as reported in our audited Consolidated Statements of Operations in Item 8 of our 2006 annual report on Form 10-K, from (ii) the “Loss from operations” of $8,010,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, as reported in our unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations on Form 10-Q for September 30, 2006.

To that $497,000 loss from operations, we added back a total of $653,000 of permitted restructuring and non-cash charges, which included:

·

$457,000 of depreciation (the difference between the “Depreciation and Amortization” of $1,947,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006, as reported in our audited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows in Item 8 of our 2006 annual report on Form 10-K, and $1,490,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, as reported in our unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows on Form 10-Q for September 30, 2006);

·

$125,000 of deferred non-cash compensation expense (the difference between the “Stock-based Compensation” of $781,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006, as reported in our audited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows in Item 8 of our 2006 annual report on Form 10-K, and $656,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, as reported in our unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows on Form 10-Q for September 30, 2006); and

·

$71,000 of severance payments (defined to include ongoing contractual payments for employees terminated in support of restructuring of the business, which, though not separately disclosed in our consolidated financial statements, are derived from our books and records).

Therefore, we believe Glowpoint achieved $156,000 of Adjusted Positive Operating Income in the fourth quarter of 2006. Though no warrant holder has objected to our calculation of Adjusted Positive Operating Income to date, we can provide no assurance that our calculations will not be disputed or contested by any warrant holder. The following table summarizes our analysis:


 

 

 

Schedule A
Adj.

 

4th Quarter
2006

 

Loss from operations

 

 

 

 

$

(497

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule A adjustments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1. Severance payments

 

 

71

 

 

 

 

2. Termination liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

3. Capital raise costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

4. Depreciation

 

 

457

 

 

 

 

5. Deferred non-cash compensation

 

 

125

 

 

 

 

Total Schedule A adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

653

 

Adjusted Positive Operating Income

 

 

 

 

$

156

 




40



September 2007 Financing

On September 21, 2007, we issued $3,538,000 of additional Senior Secured Notes and warrants in a private placement, the investors of which included (but are not limited to) some of the holders of our then outstanding Senior Secured Notes and participating Glowpoint officers and directors, which included Michael Brandofino, Aziz Ahmad, Bami Bastani, Edwin F. Heinen, Joseph Laezza and David W. Robinson (the “Insider Purchasers”). The Senior Secured Notes and other transaction documents provide that the participating Glowpoint officers and directors will not be entitled to all of the rights and benefits available to the other purchasers upon the occurrence of certain events, including, but not limited to, an event of default, the failure by Glowpoint to achieve specified EBITDA.  Of the $3,538,000 raised, the Company paid a placement agent fee of $283,000 and received net proceeds of $3,230,000. In this transaction, we issued $3,538,000 aggregate principal amount of our Senior Secured Notes and Series A-2 Warrants to purchase 3,538,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.65 per share. The Series A-2 Warrants are exercisable for a period of five years. The Senior Secured Notes bear interest at 10% per annum (which increases to 12% commencing one (1) year following the issuance date in September 2008), and are convertible into common stock at a conversion price of $0.50 per share (x) at any time at the holder’s election or (y) automatically if the closing bid price (as defined in the Senior Secured Notes) of the Company’s common stock exceeds $1.25 (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations and similar transactions) for twenty (20) consecutive trading days. We have the option to pay the accrued interest for the Senior Secured Notes in cash or additional Senior Secured Notes. To date, all interest payments have been made by issuing additional Senior Secured Notes (the “Senior Secured Interest Notes”). As of December 31, 2007, the principal amount of all outstanding Senior Secured Interest Notes totaled $1,288,000. The maturity date of all Senior Secured Notes is March 31, 2009.

Pursuant to an Exchange Agreement, dated September 21, 2007, we issued an aggregate of 474.8126 shares of a new Series C convertible preferred stock (the “Series C Preferred Stock”) in exchange for cancelling all of our issued and outstanding Series B Preferred Stock, cancelling approximately $1,098,000 of accrued but unpaid dividends due on the Series B Preferred Stock, and surrendering 1,525,000 shares of common stock held by North Sound Capital LLC entities. Each share of Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, has a liquidation preference equal to its stated value, which is $10,000 per share, and is convertible at the holder’s election into 10,000 shares of common stock, subject to adjustment. The Series C Preferred Stock will automatically convert to common stock after the closing bid and ask prices of our common stock exceeds $2.00 (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations and similar transactions) for a period of ten consecutive trading days

Also on September 21, 2007, we amended the terms of our then outstanding Senior Secured Notes to, among other things, extend the maturity date to March 31, 2009 from September 30, 2007. We also (i) amended the outstanding Series A Warrants, dated March 31, 2006 and April 12, 2006, to amend certain definitions; (ii) amended the Registration Rights Agreement, dated March 31, 2006, which amendment (x) included among the registrable securities the shares issuable upon conversion of the Senior Secured Notes issued on September 21, 2007 and the Series C Preferred Stock and the exercise of the Series A-2 Warrants and (y) provided Glowpoint additional time to file the required registration statement and cause its effectiveness; and (iii) amended the Security Agreement, dated March 31, 2006, to include as Permitted Liens (as defined therein) equipment purchase money financing and a credit facility collateralized by up to $1,000,000 of receivables. In consideration for amending the then outstanding Senior Secured Notes and other transaction documents, we issued Series A-2 Warrants to the noteholders to purchase an aggregate of 4,772,822 shares of common stock (which represents thirty-three (33%) percent of the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Existing Notes). The Series A-2 Warrants have an exercise price of $0.65 per share and are exercisable for a period of five years.

Burnham Hill Partners acted as placement agent for the new financing and acted as financial advisor for the other transactions occurring on September 21, 2007 and received a cash fee of $283,000, which equaled eight (8%) percent of the gross proceeds we received. We also issued warrants to the designees and assigns of Burnham Hill Partners to purchase (i) 566,080 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.55 per share and (ii) 250,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.65 per share.



41



In December 2007, in light of changes to Rule 144 of the Securities Act, we amended the Registration Rights Agreement to eliminate the requirement to register the shares issuable upon conversion of the Senior Secured Notes, thereby eliminating any requirement to deliver registered shares, which effectively eliminated the right of the holders of the Senior Secured Notes to demand that the Company pay such holders cash, calculated as defined in the Senior Secured Notes. Accordingly, the Company will no longer account for the beneficial conversion feature as a derivative liability. Therefore, in December 2007, the Company eliminated the $2,778,000 derivative liability related to the beneficial conversion feature that had been accrued as of that date.

The foregoing brief descriptions of the September 2007 transactions are qualified by reference to the provisions of the applicable exhibits to the Company's Form 8-K filed with the Commission on September 24, 2007.

Senior Secured Notes –Adjusted EBITDA Requirements

The Company needs to achieve minimum Adjusted EBITDA, as defined, in 2008 or the per annum interest rate on the unpaid principal balance of the Senior Secured Notes then in effect shall increase by 200 basis points. The following table sets forth the Adjusted EBITDA, as defined, for the year ended December 31, 2007 (in thousands):

Net loss before dividends

 

$

(5,471

)

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustments:

 

 

 

 

Income taxes

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

1,185

 

Depreciation

 

 

1,467

 

Amortization of intangible assets and stock based compensation

 

 

871

 

Extraordinary losses

 

 

 

Financing charges

 

 

531

 

Costs of beneficial conversion features

 

 

1,977

 

Accretion of discounts

 

 

2,881

 

Interest income

 

 

(59

)

Extraordinary gains

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

(5,665

)

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

   (2,283

)

If the Company does not achieve the following minimum Adjusted EBITDA the per annum interest rate on the unpaid principal balance of the Senior Secured Notes then in effect shall increase by 200 basis points, and such increase will be cumulative for each subsequent period; provided, however, that the per annum interest rate shall revert to the lower interest rate in the event the Company achieves or exceeds the cumulative minimum Adjusted EBITDA for any subsequent determination date. Failure to maintain the minimum Adjusted EBITDA, however, shall not constitute an Event of Default as defined in the Senior Secured Notes agreements. The Adjusted EBITDA (as defined below) targets for the determination dates are as follows:

Determination Date

 

Adjusted EBITDA

As of March 31, 2008

 

$0 for the quarter ending March 31, 2008

As of June 30, 2008

 

$1,000,000 for the period commencing on January 1, 2008 and ending on June 30, 2008.

As of September 30, 2008

 

$1,500,000 for the quarter ending September 30, 2008, or $2,500,000 for the period commencing on January 1, 2008 and ending on September 30, 2008.

As of December 31, 2008

 

$2,000,000 for the quarter ending December 31, 2008 or $4,500,000 for the year ended December 31, 2008.



42






“Adjusted EBITDA” is defined as the sum of the amounts for such period of (i) net income or loss before dividends, plus (ii) charges for foreign, federal, state and local taxes as computed on our income tax returns, plus (iii) interest expense, plus (iv) depreciation, plus (v) amortization expense, including, without limitation, amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets and amortization of stock based compensation expense, plus (vi) extraordinary losses, plus (vii) charges related to any financing consummated on or prior to the September 2007 private placement, plus (viii) the cost of any beneficial conversion feature of any outstanding security, plus (ix) the cost of any accretion of discounts minus (x) interest income, minus (xi) extraordinary gains, and (xii) such other adjustments to eliminate the impact of any derivative financial instruments.

Cash flows

At December 31, 2007, we had a working capital deficit of $9,092,000, compared to a working capital deficit of $11,868,000 at December 31, 2006, a decrease of $2,826,000. We had $2,312,000 in cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2007, compared to $2,153,000 at December 31, 2006, an increase of $159,000.

Net cash used by operating activities was $1,878,000 for the 2007 year. The cash components provided by operations were $611,000 for an increase in customer deposits, $642,000 for an increase in accounts payable, accrued expenses, and sales taxes and regulatory fees, $202,000 for a decrease in accounts receivable, $42,000 for an increase in deferred revenue and $41,000 for a decrease in other assets. These were partially offset by a $21,000 decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets.

During the year ended December 31, 2007, the only material change in our contractual obligations was to enter into a capital lease of $358,000 for certain network equipment.

Cash used in investing activities in the year ended December 31, 2007 for the purchase of property and equipment was $1,053,000. We anticipate capital expenditures in 2008 to be at a similar level as 2007.

Cash provided by financing activities in the year ended December 31, 2007 were $3,230,000 provided from the net proceeds from the issuance of Senior Secured Notes which were partially offset by $140,000 of costs incurred in extension of maturity date of Senior Secured Notes and Series C Preferred Stock exchange.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We had no off-balance sheet arrangements at December 31, 2007.

Commitments and Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our contractual cash obligations and commercial commitments at December 31, 2007, and the effect such obligations are expected to have on liquidity and cash flow in future periods (in thousands).

Contractual Obligations:

 

Total

 

Less Than
1 Year

 

1-3 Years

 

3-5 Years

   

More than
5 Years

 

Senior Secured Notes

 

$

11,006

 

$

 

$

11,006

 

$

 

$

 

Derivative liabilities

 

 

6,117

 

 

6,117

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease obligations

 

 

440

 

 

311

 

 

129

 

 

 

 

 

Capital lease obligations

 

 

477

 

 

203

 

 

274

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial commitments

 

 

4,155

 

 

2,913

 

 

1,242

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

 22,195

 

$

9,544

 

$

 12,651

 

$

 

$

 




43



Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, "Fair Value Measurements", to define fair value, establish a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and expand disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 will be effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company is assessing the impact the adoption of SFAS No. 157 will have on the Company's financial position and results of operations.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities”. SFAS No. 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected are reported in earnings. SFAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company is currently assessing the impact of SFAS No. 159 on its financial position and results of operations.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007) (“SFAS No. 141 (R)”), “Business Combinations (SFAS No. 141(R)) ”. SFAS No. 141(R) revises SFAS No. 141 on establishing the requirements in recognizing and measuring identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed within a business combination, any noncontrolling interest, goodwill acquired in a business combination or a gain from a bargain purchase, and any applicable disclosures needed to evaluate the nature and financial effect of a business combination. SFAS No. 141 is effective the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008, and therefore would be effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2009. The Company is evaluating the impact SFAS No. 141(R) will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, (“Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements”), an amendment of ARB No. 51 (“SFAS No. 160”). SFAS 160 amends ARB No. 51 to establish accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary, in which the noncontrolling interest will be reclassified as equity; and the income, expense and comprehensive income from a noncontrolling interest will be fully consolidated. SFAS 160 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2008, and therefore would be effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2009. The Company is evaluating the impact SFAS 160 will have on its consolidated financial statements.



44



Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We have certain derivative financial instruments related to the 2004 Financing and the Placement Agent, Series A and Series A-2 warrants issued in connection with the March and April 2006 and September 2007 private placements (collectively, the “2006/2007 Warrants”). The derivative financial instruments are revalued each period, which causes fluctuations in our results from operations.  As a result of this volatility, the Company is presenting proforma information which shows the effect on the derivative liability if our common stock price of $0.48 on December 31, 2007 had been increased or decreased by $0.25. The following table shows the effect of those common stock prices on the derivative financial instruments shown in the consolidated balance sheets and the increase in fair value of derivative financial instruments and net loss attributable to common stockholders shown in the consolidated statement of operations as of December 31, 2007.

 

 

 

 

 

Proforma Information

 

 

 

As Reported
December 31,
2007

 

Common
Stock Price
Reduction

 

Common
Stock Price
Increase

 

Common stock price

 

$

0.48

 

$

0.23

 

$

0.73

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance Sheet:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instrument –2004 Financing

 

$

1,200

 

$

1,200

 

$

1,200

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006/2007 Warrants:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instrument – Placement Agent
Warrants

 

 

457

 

 

176

 

 

764

 

Derivative financial instrument – Series A Warrants

 

 

1,758

 

 

634

 

 

3,025

 

Derivative financial instrument – Series A-2 Warrants

 

 

2,560

 

 

1,005

 

 

4,249

 

Derivative financial instrument – Series A-2 Warrants,
Insider Purchasers

 

 

142

 

 

56

 

 

236

 

Aggregate derivative instruments for the 2006/2007 Warrants:

 

 

4,917

 

 

1,871

 

 

8,274

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

$

6,117

 

$

3,071

 

$

9,474

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of derivative financial instruments

 

$

 

$

(3,046

)

$

3,357

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statement of Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Decrease in fair value of derivative financial instruments

 

$

(5,665

)

$

(8,711

)

$

(2,308

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

 

$

(4,924

)

$

 (1,878

)

$

(8,281

)

The derivative financial instrument related to the 2004 Financing is not affected by changes in the Company’s common stock price but is affected by the number of shares of common stock currently held by the original investors in the 2004 Financing. Had 74,000 shares, which is 10% of the shares currently held by the original investors, been sold as of December 31, 2007, then the fair value of the related derivative financial instrument would have been reduced by $49,000 and we would have recognized that amount as income in the consolidated statement of operations.

The 2006/2007 Warrants require that we deliver, under certain circumstances, shares registered pursuant to the Securities Act. Management determined that certain events or actions necessary to satisfy the requirement to deliver registered shares are not controlled by the Company. These events which are outside the control of the Company are what give rise to the derivative liability. For example, if the Company is sold to or merged with a non-public company, some or all of the purchase price may include the stock of the non-public company. In such an instance, the holders of the 2006/2007 Warrants are entitled to a cash payment, calculated in accordance with the terms of the 2006/2007 Warrants. Additionally, if the purchase price is less than the warrant strike price of the 2006/2007 Warrants, we are required to make a cash payment to the 2006/2007 Warrant holders, which also causes a derivative liability.



45



The potential cash payments that the Company would be required to make for the derivative liabilities associated with the 2006/2007 Warrants are determined based on:

·

whether the value of the consideration (which includes stock, cash, and/or property) to be received by the stockholders is greater or less than warrant strike price, and

·

whether or not any securities received are of a public company.

The following table summarizes transactions under which the derivative liability would be paid:

 

 

Type of Consideration Received by our Stockholders in a Sale

 

 

 

Securities of a
Non-Public Company, then 2006/2007
Warrants holders
will receive

 

Cash, then

2006/2007

Warrants holders

will receive

 

Securities of a

Public Company,

then 2006/2007

Warrants holders

will receive

 

Consideration is greater than
the warrant strike price – **

 

Payment of the

amount accrued for

the derivative

liability

 

Cash *

 

Securities of such

Public Company *

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consideration is less than the
warrant strike price – **

 

Payment of the

amount accrued for

the derivative

liability

 

Payment of the

amount accrued for

the derivative

liability

 

Payment of the

amount accrued for

the derivative

liability

 

*  –  

The 2006/2007 Warrant holders will receive the difference between the Consideration received per share and the then current warrant strike price. The remaining derivative liability related to the 2006/2007 Warrants issued in connection with the Senior Secured Notes will not be paid and will be credited to equity.

** –  

The current warrant strike prices range from $0.50 to $0.65.

Solely for purposes of illustration, if the Company were sold for $0.73 per share and that purchase price was paid in cash or the securities of a public company, the Aggregate Derivative Liability for the 2006/2007 Warrants of $8,274,000 (see first table in this “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” section) would not be paid, but would be credited to equity.

The derivative liability related to the February 2004 Financing is not affected by a sale, merger of other transaction.

There are no other material qualitative or quantitative market risks particular to us.




46



MANAGEMENT

Director and Executive Officer Information

The following table sets forth information with respect to our current directors and executive officers.


Name

 

Age

 

Position with Company

 

 

 

 

 

Aziz Ahmad (5)

     

44

     

Class III Director

Bami Bastani (1)(2)(3)

 

54

 

Class II Director

Michael Brandofino

 

43

 

Chief Executive Officer, President and Class II Director

Dean Hiltzik (2)(3)

 

54

 

Class III Director

James S. Lusk (1)(2)

 

52

 

Class I Director

Richard Reiss

 

51

 

Class III Director

Peter Rust (1)(3)(4)

 

54

 

Class I Director

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Director Executive Officers:

 

 

 

 

Edwin F. Heinen

 

56

 

Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President, Finance

Joseph Laezza

 

37

 

Chief Operating Officer

David W. Robinson

 

39

 

Executive Vice President and General Counsel


(1)

Member of the Audit Committee

(2)

Member of the Compensation Committee

(3)

Member of the Nominating Committee

(4)

Alternate Member of the Compensation Committee

(5)

Alternate Member of the Audit, Compensation and Nominating Committees


Biographies

Aziz Ahmad, Class III Director. Mr. Ahmad joined our board of directors in June 2006 and his term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders in 2008. He is co-founder and a board member of Netria Systems, a joint venture between Vonair and Broadsoft that develops client management solutions for service providers of converged networks solutions. Mr. Ahmad is also the CEO and co-founder of Vonair, a firm focused on developing client applications for the Voice over IP and Video IP wireline and wireless markets, and CEO of UTC Associates, a leading systems and network integration professional services company. He holds B.E. and M.E. degrees in Electrical Engineering from The City College of New York.

Bami Bastani, Class II Director. Dr. Bastani joined our board of directors in February 2007 and his term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders in 2010. He is President and CEO of ANADIGICS (NASDAQ:ANAD), a leading supplier of semiconductor radio frequency integrated circuits for the broadband and wireless communications markets. Prior to joining ANADIGICS in 1998, he held senior positions with Fujitsu Microelectronics and National Semiconductor. Dr. Bastani currently serves on the board of directors of ANADIGICS and Nitronex, a private company; he previously served on the board of directors of Globespan Virata in 2003 and was a national member of the AEA board of directors until 2007. Dr. Bastani earned his Ph.D and his M.S.E.E. in Microelectronics from Ohio State University and his B.S. (Electrical Engineering) from the University of Arkansas. He also holds three US patents.

Michael Brandofino, Chief Executive Officer, President and Class II Director. Mr. Brandofino was named our Chief Executive Officer and President and a member of our board of directors in April 2006. His term as a director will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders in 2010. Mr. Brandofino previously served as our Chief Operating Officer and, before that, served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer since October 2000. Prior to that, Mr. Brandofino was co-founder and President of Johns Brook Co., Inc., a technology consulting company acquired by us in 2000. Mr. Brandofino holds a B.S. degree in Management Information Systems from Pace University.



47



Dean Hiltzik, Class III Director. Mr. Hiltzik has been a member of our board of directors since May 2000 and his term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders in 2008. From September 1999 until May 2000, Mr. Hiltzik was a member of the board of directors of All Communications Corporation (“ACC”). Mr. Hiltzik, a certified public accountant, is a partner and director of consulting services at Schneider & Associates LLP, which he joined in 1979. Schneider provides tax and consulting services to Glowpoint. Mr. Hiltzik received a B.A. from Columbia University and an M.B.A. in Accounting from Hofstra University.

James S. Lusk, Class I Director. Mr. Lusk joined our board of directors in February 2007 and his term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders in 2009. He is Chief Financial Officer of ABM Industries Incorporated (NYSE:ABM), a leading facility services contractor in the United States and Canada, and was formerly ABM’s Executive Vice President. Prior to joining ABM, he was Vice President, Business Services of Avaya, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer of BioScrip/MIM, President of Lucent Technologies’ Business Solutions division, and interim Chief Financial Officer of Lucent Technologies. Mr. Lusk earned his B.S. (Economics), cum laude, from the Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania, and his M.B.A (Finance) from Seton Hall University. He is a CPA and was inducted into the AICPA Business and Industry Leadership Hall of Fame in 1999.

Richard Reiss, Class III Director. Mr. Reiss has been a member of our board of directors since May 2000 and his term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders in 2008. He is co-founder and currently serves as President of Prime Communications, an Avaya Business Partner that installs technologically advanced communication systems for businesses of all sizes. Mr. Reiss previously served as Chairman of our board from May 2000 to December 2006 and served as our Chief Executive Officer from May 2000 to October 2003. Mr. Reiss also served as our President from May 2000 to April 2002. Mr. Reiss served as Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer of ACC from ACC’s formation in 1991 until the formation of Glowpoint’s predecessor pursuant to the merger of ACC and View Tech, Inc. (“VTI”) in May 2000.

Peter Rust, Class I Director. Mr. Rust joined our board of directors in May 2006 and his term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders in 2009. Mr. Rust has over 27 years of experience in the telecommunications and computer industries. He is currently CEO of Bank Street Consulting Group, a firm that works with mid-cap companies helping them achieve their growth objectives. Previously, he consulted for a number of telecommunications, technology and financial firms and served as President and CEO of Con Edison Communications from February 1999 until May 2005. He is also a former director of NEON Communications, a current director for two non-profits and a member of the Communications Sector of the NYC Investment Fund. Mr. Rust holds an M.B.A. in Corporate Finance from Adelphi University, a Master of Science in Biomedical Engineering from Polytechnic University of New York, and a B.A. from Brown University in Rhode Island. 

Executive Officers

The following individuals are our executive officers but are not directors:

Edwin F. Heinen, Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President, Finance.   Mr. Heinen, a certified public accountant, has been our Chief Financial Officer since April 2006 and previously served as our Controller since March 2005. Mr. Heinen joined the Company from Communications Network Enhancement, Inc., an audio conferencing company, where he was CFO since September 2001. Before that, Mr. Heinen served in senior financial executive positions with responsibility for accounting, auditing, treasury, analysis, budgeting, and financial and tax reporting. Mr. Heinen received a B.S. in Business Administration from Cornell University and an M.B.A in Finance from the University of Detroit.

Joseph Laezza, Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Laezza has been our Chief Operating Officer since April 2006 and previously served as our Vice President, Operations since March 2004. Mr. Laezza joined the Company from Con Edison Communications, where he was Vice President, Network Operations. He previously held management positions at a number of telecommunications service providers, including AT&T and XO Communications, where he was responsible for operations, service delivery, and customer service.



48



David W. Robinson, Executive Vice President and General Counsel. Mr. Robinson has been our Executive Vice President and General Counsel since May 2006. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Robinson was Vice President and General Counsel of Con Edison Communications from August 2001 until March 2006, when Con Edison Communications was purchased by RCN Corporation. Before that, Mr. Robinson served in senior executive positions with other telecommunications service providers and provided legal and business counseling to other businesses. Mr. Robinson received a B.A. from the University of Pennsylvania (magna cum laude) and a Juris Doctorate from Boston College Law School.

Board of Directors, Board Committees and Meetings

Corporate governance is typically defined as the system that allocates duties and authority among a company’s stockholders, board of directors and management. The stockholders elect the board and vote on extraordinary matters; the board is the company’s governing body, responsible for hiring, overseeing and evaluating management, particularly the chief executive officer; and management runs the company’s day-to-day operations. The primary responsibilities of the board of directors are oversight, counseling and direction to our management in the long-term interests of us and our stockholders. Our board of directors currently consists of seven directors, which includes five independent directors, one current member of senior management, and one former member of our senior management. The board has an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating committee.

“Independent” Directors. Each of our directors other than Messrs. Reiss and Brandofino qualify as “independent” in accordance with the published listing requirements of the American Stock Exchange (“AmEx”). Mr. Brandofino is a current employee and Mr. Reiss was an employee until December 31, 2006. The AmEx independence definition includes a series of objective tests, such as that the director is not an employee of the company and has not engaged in various types of business dealings with the company. In addition, as further required by the AmEx rules, the board has made a subjective determination as to each independent director that no relationship exist which, in the opinion of the board, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In making these determinations, the directors reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and the company with regard to each director’s business and personal activities as they may relate to Glowpoint and Glowpoint’s management.

In addition, as required by AmEx rules, the members of the audit committee each qualify as “independent” under special standards established by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) for members of audit committees. The audit committee is also required to have at least one independent member who is determined by the board to meet the qualifications of an “audit committee financial expert” in accordance with SEC rules, including that the person meets the relevant definition of an “independent director.” Each member of the audit committee is independent and has been determined to be an audit committee financial expert. Stockholders should understand that this designation is a disclosure requirement of the SEC related to these directors’ experience and understanding with respect to certain accounting and auditing matters. The designation does not impose upon these directors any duties, obligations or liability that are greater than are generally imposed on them as a member of the audit committee and the board, and their designation as an audit committee financial expert pursuant to this SEC requirement does not affect the duties, obligations or liability of any other member of the audit committee or the board.

Director Compensation

Directors who are not our executive officers or employees receive a director’s fee of a cash payment of $2,000 and an option to purchase 1,000 shares of common stock for each board meeting attended, a cash payment of $1,000 and an option to purchase 500 shares of common stock for each committee meeting attended, and a cash payment of $5,000 and options to purchase 4,000 shares of common stock for attendance at the annual meeting of stockholders. Each chairperson of a standing committee of our board of directors also receives a cash payment of $1,000 per year, paid following each annual meeting of our stockholders. Attendance at board meetings and committee may be in person or by telephone.



49



Each director who is independent in accordance with the published listing requirements of Nasdaq receives a one-time grant of 80,000 restricted shares of our common stock. The restricted shares have an exercise price equal to the closing price of our common stock (as quoted in the Pink Sheets, Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board, or applicable exchange) on the date of grant. 20,000 shares vest on the date of grant and 20,000 shares vest on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the date of grant, provided that, with respect to each scheduled vesting date, the director in question (i) attended at least 75% of the meetings of the board of directors held in the twelve months prior to the scheduled vesting date and (ii) remains independent under the Nasdaq listing standards prevailing on the scheduled vesting date. The restricted shares become fully vested and exercisable upon a change in control of our company.

The following table represents compensation paid to our directors during the year ended December 31, 2007:

Name

 

Year

 

Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash (1)

 

Stock
Awards (2)

 

Option
Awards (3)

 

Total

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Aziz Ahmad

 

 

2007

 

$

10,000

 

$

7,600

 

$

2,128

 

$

19,728

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bami Bastani

 

 

2007

 

 

24,000

 

 

25,667

 

 

5,810

 

 

55,477

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dean Hiltzik

 

 

2007

 

 

19,000

 

 

7,067

 

 

4,728

 

 

30,795

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

James Lusk

 

 

2007

 

 

26,000

 

 

25,667

 

 

6,079

 

 

57,746

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Richard Reiss

 

 

2007

 

 

17,000

 

 

 

 

4,255

 

 

21,255

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Rust

 

 

2007

 

 

25,000

 

 

8,600

 

 

6,102

 

 

39,702

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Non employee directors are paid $2,000 for attending each Board of Director meeting and $1,000 for attending each committee meeting.

(2)

When a non-employee is elected to the Board of Directors they receive 80,000 restricted shares which vest as to 20,000 shares on each of the grant date and first, second and third anniversary dates of the grant. The amounts included in the “Stock Awards” column represent the compensation cost we recognized in 2007 related to non-option stock awards, as described in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R without taking into account any forfeiture rates. For a discussion of the valuation assumptions, see Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. In 2007, we used the following weighted average assumption to determine the risk-free interest rate of 4.6%: an expected life of five years, expected volatility of 98.4%, an estimated forfeiture rate of 10% and no dividends. Please see the “Grants of Plan-Based Awards” table for more information regarding stock awards we granted in 2007.  The table below summarizes, by year of grant, the expense amounts reported in the “Stock Awards” column for each named executive officer:


Name

 

Year

 

2003

 

2004

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

Total

 

  

     

 

          

     

 

          

     

 

          

     

 

          

     

 

          

     

 

          

     

 

          

 

Aziz Ahmad

 

 

2007

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

7,600

 

$

 

$

7,600

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bami Bastani

 

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25,667

 

 

25,667

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dean Hiltzik

 

 

2007

 

 

 

 

7,067

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,067

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jim Lusk

 

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25,667

 

 

25,667

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Richard Reiss

 

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter Rust

 

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,600

 

 

 

 

8,600

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3)

Non-employee directors receive options to acquire 1,000 shares of common stock for attending each Board of Director meeting and options to acquire 500 shares of common stock for attending each committee meeting. The options are fully vested when granted. The amounts included in the “Option Awards” column represent the compensation cost we recognized in 2007 related to option awards, as described in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R without taking into account any forfeiture rates. For a discussion of the valuation assumptions, see Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. In 2007, we used the following weighted average assumption to determine the risk-free interest rate of 4.6%: an expected life of five years, expected volatility of 98.4%, an estimated forfeiture rate of 10% and no dividends. Please see the “Grants of Plan-Based Awards” table for more information regarding option awards we granted in 2007.



50



COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

General Compensation Philosophy

Our overall compensation philosophy is to provide a total compensation package that is competitive and enables us to attract, motivate, reward and retain key executives and other employees who have the skills and experience necessary to promote our short- and long-term financial performance and growth.

The Compensation Committee recognizes the critical role of our executive officers in our growth, success and in our future prospects. Accordingly, our executive compensation policies are designed to (1) align the interests of executive officers with those of stockholders by encouraging stock ownership by executive officers and by making a significant portion of executive compensation dependent on our financial performance, (2) provide compensation that will attract and retain talented professionals, (3) reward individual results through base salary, annual cash bonuses, long-term incentive compensation in the form of stock options, restricted stock awards and various other benefits, and (4) manage compensation based on skill, knowledge, effort and responsibility needed to perform a particular job successfully.

In establishing salary, bonuses and long-term incentive compensation for our executive officers, the Compensation Committee takes into account both the position and the expertise of a particular executive, as well as the Committee’s understanding of competitive compensation for similarly situated executives in our sector of the technology industry. Michael Brandofino, our President and Chief Executive Officer, confers with members of the Compensation Committee, and makes recommendations, regarding the compensation of all executive officers other than himself. He does not participate in the Compensation Committee's deliberations regarding his own compensation. In determining the compensation of our executive officers, the Compensation Committee may consult available compensation reports, but does not engage in any benchmarking of total compensation or any material element of compensation and does not retain any compensation consultant or expert.

Components of Compensation

The components of the compensation program for named executive officers are described below.

Base Salary. Salaries for executive officers for 2007 and 2006 were generally determined by the Compensation Committee on an individual basis in connection with the determination of the terms of such executive’s applicable employment agreement, based on the following criteria: the executive’s scope of responsibility, performance, prior experience and salary history, as well as the salaries for similar positions at comparable companies.

The base salaries for the named executive officers for 2007 were increased from the 2006 levels pursuant to an employment agreement or in accordance with our company policy and past practice.

Bonus/Incentive Compensation. The Compensation Committee believes that a substantial portion of the annual compensation of each executive officer should be in the form of variable cash incentive pay. Accordingly, there was no guaranteed bonus to any executive officer in 2007 or 2006. However, each executive officer is eligible, at the discretion of the Compensation Committee, to receive up to 40% of his base salary for the fiscal year upon the achievement of certain financial performance goals or other criteria and metrics as established by the President and CEO and the Compensation Committee.

The Compensation Committee has not yet determined whether a bonus will be awarded to the named executive officers for 2007 because, as of the date of this prospectus, it was not yet been determined that certain performance targets were met. The Compensation Committee approved a cash bonus to the named executive officers for 2006 based upon meeting certain performance targets, which included, without limitation, various company objectives (for example, targets associated with revenue, cost of revenue and improvement in other key financial metrics) and various personal objectives. Additionally, each named executive officer other than Mr. Robinson, who was not employed by us at the time, received a cash retention bonus in 2006 as part of a companywide retention program implemented with the March 2006 restructuring.



51



Long-Term Incentive Awards. The Compensation Committee believes that equity-based compensation in the form of stock options or restricted stock links the interests of executives with the long-term interests of our stockholders and encourages executives to remain in our employ. We grant stock options in accordance with our various stock option plans. Grants of options and/or restricted stock are awarded based on a number of factors, including the individual’s level of responsibility, the amount and term of options already held by the individual, the individual’s contributions to the achievement of our financial and strategic objectives, and industry practices and norms.

In June 2006, the Board and the Compensation Committee awarded options to every Glowpoint employee, including the named executive officers. In October 2007, we awarded options to every Glowpoint employee other than the named executive officers.

Broad-based Employee Benefits. As employees, our named executive officers have the opportunity to participate in a number of benefits programs that are generally available to all eligible employees. These benefits include:

·

Healthcare Plans – includes medical benefits, dental benefits, and vision care program.

·

401(k) Retirement Plan – allows eligible employees to save for retirement on a tax-advantaged basis. Under the 401(k) Plan, participants may elect to defer a portion of their compensation on a pre-tax basis and have it contributed to the Plan subject to applicable annual Internal Revenue Code limits. Pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant's individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants' directions. Employee elective deferrals are 100% vested at all times. The 401(k) Plan allows for matching contributions to be made by us. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) Plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) Plan and all contributions are deductible by us when made.





52



EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION


Summary Compensation Table

The table set forth below summarizes for our named executive officers the compensation paid, accrued or granted, during or with respect to the two years ended December 31, 2007. Certain columnar information required by Item 402(c)(2) of Regulation S-K has been omitted for categories where there has been no compensation awarded to, or paid to, the named executive officers during or with respect to the two years ended December 31, 2007.



Name and Principal Position

 

Year

 

Salary

 

Bonus

 

Stock
Awards
(1)

 

Option
Awards
(2)

 

All Other
Compensation
(3)

 

Total

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Michael Brandofino

 

 

2007

 

$

276,058

 

$

84,000

(4)

$

77,500

 

$

73,471

 

$

9,608

 

$

520,637

 

President and
Chief Executive Officer

 

 

2006

 

 

267,500

 

 

27,500

 

 

 

 

26,969

 

 

10,279

 

 

332,248

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Edwin F. Heinen

 

 

2007

 

 

200,769

 

 

63,000

(4)

 

79,222

 

 

54,543

 

 

8,695

 

 

406,229

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

2006

 

 

167,212

 

 

37,500

 

 

 

 

71,157

 

 

5,056

 

 

280,925

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Joseph Laezza

 

 

2007

 

 

242,976

 

 

63,000

(4)

 

61,971

 

 

92,812

 

 

7,563

 

 

468,322

 

Chief Operating Officer

 

 

2006

 

 

228,608

 

 

23,320

 

 

35,384

 

 

34,459

 

 

3,900

 

 

325,671

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David W. Robinson

 

 

2007

 

 

248,861

 

 

63,000

(4)

 

66,000

 

 

27,864

 

 

8,205

 

 

413,930

 

Executive Vice President,
General Counsel

 

 

2006

 

 

158,769

 

 

16,080

 

 

41,000

 

 

9,882

 

 

2,140

 

 

227,871

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

The amounts included in the “Stock Awards” column represent the compensation cost we recognized in 2007 and 2006 related to non-option stock awards, as described in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R without taking into account any forfeiture rates. For a discussion of the valuation assumptions, see Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. In 2007, we used the following weighted average assumption to determine the risk-free interest rate of 4.6%: an expected life of five years, expected volatility of 98.4%, an estimated forfeiture rate of 10% and no dividends. Please see the “Grants of Plan-Based Awards” table for more information regarding stock awards we granted in 2007 and 2006.  The table below summarizes, by year of grant, the 2007 and 2006 expense amounts, respectively, reported in the “Stock Awards” column for each named executive officer:


Name

 

Year

 

2003

 

2004

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

Total

 

  

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Michael Brandofino

 

 

2007

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

77,500

 

$

77,500

 

  

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Edwin F. Heinen

 

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

79,222

 

 

79,222

 

  

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Joseph Laezza

 

 

2007

 

 

 

 

8,846

 

 

 

 

 

 

53,125

 

 

61,971

 

  

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

35,384

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

35,384

 

David W. Robinson

 

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,000

 

 

45,000

 

 

66,000

 


 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

41,000

 

 

 

 

41,000

 


(2)

The amounts included in the “Option Awards” column represent the compensation cost we recognized in 2007 and 2006 related to option awards, as described in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R without taking into account any forfeiture rates. For a discussion of the valuation assumptions, see Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. In 2007, we used the following weighted average assumption to determine the risk-free interest rate of 4.6%: an expected life of five years, expected volatility of 98.4%, an estimated forfeiture rate of 10% and no dividends. Please see the “Grants of Plan-Based Awards” table for more information regarding option awards we granted in 2007 and 2006.  The following table summarizes, by year of grant, the 2007 and 2006 expense amounts, respectively, reported in the “Option Awards” column for each named executive officer:




53






Name

 

Year

 

2003

 

2004

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

Total

 

  

     

 

 

     

 

          

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Michael Brandofino

 

 

2007

 

$

 

$

5,250

 

$

 

$

13,333

 

$

54,888

 

$

73,471

 

  

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

17,087

 

 

 

 

9,882

 

 

 

 

26,969

 

Edwin F. Heinen

 

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

26,679

 

 

13,333

 

 

14,531

 

 

54,543

 

  

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

61,275

 

 

9,882

 

 

 

 

71,157

 

Joseph Laezza

 

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,869

 

 

13,333

 

 

68,610

 

 

92,812

 

  

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

24,577

 

 

9,882

 

 

 

 

34,459

 

David W. Robinson

 

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,333

 

 

14,531

 

 

27,864

 

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,882

 

 

 

 

9,882

 


(3)

The following table presents all other compensation during the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007 to the named executive officers:



Name

 

Year
(1)

 

Vehicle
Allowance

 

Company
Contributions
to 401(k)
Plan

 

Health
Insurance

 

Severance

 

Total

 

  

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Michael Brandofino

 

 

2007

 

$

4,820

 

$

3,214

 

$

1,574

 

$

 

$

9,608

 

  

 

 

2006

 

 

4,000

 

 

3,132

 

 

3,147

 

 

 

 

10,279

 

Edwin F. Heinen

 

 

2007

 

 

4,820

 

 

3,875

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,695

 

  

 

 

2006

 

 

3,700

 

 

1,356

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,056

 

Joseph Laezza

 

 

2007

 

 

4,820

 

 

2,743

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,563

 

  

 

 

2006

 

 

3,900

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,900

 

David W. Robinson

 

 

2007

 

 

4,820

 

 

3,385

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,205

 


 

 

2006

 

 

2,140

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,140

 


(4)

The reported bonus consists of a combination of restricted stock and cash. Mr. Brandofino was awarded 100,000 shares of restricted stock, which had a dollar value of $55,000 on the date of grant, and the balance of the bonus (which is $29,000) was paid in cash. Each of Messrs. Laezza, Heinen, and Robinson was awarded 75,000 shares of restricted stock, which had a dollar value of $41,250 on the date of grant, and the balance of the bonus (which is $21,750) was paid in cash.




54



Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The table set forth below presents all plan-based equity and non-equity grants made by Glowpoint during the year ended December 31, 2007 to the named executive officers. Certain columnar information required by Item 402(d)(2) of Regulation S-K has been omitted for categories where there has been no compensation awarded to, or paid to, the named executive officers during or with respect to the year ended December 31, 2007.


Name


 

Grant Date

 

 

All Other
Stock Awards:
Number of
Shares of
Stock or
Units (#)

 

 

All Other
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options (#)

 

 

Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($/sh)

 

Grant Date
Fair Value of
Stock and
Option
Awards

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Michael Brandofino


 

6/25/07

 

 

75,000

(5)

 

 

 

 

$

45,000

 

 


 

5/15/07

 

 

 

 

200,000

(3)

 

0.52

 

 

79,388

 

 


 

5/15/07

 

 

400,0000

(6)

 

 

 

 

 

208,000

 

 


 

6/27/06

 

 

 

 

100,000

(1)

 

0.41

 

 

30,638

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Edwin F. Heinen


 

6/25/07

 

 

 

 

100,000

(2)

 

0.60

 

 

46,272

 

 


 

6/25/07

 

 

75,000

(5)

 

 

 

 

 

45,000

 

 


 

1/30/07

 

 

200,000

(8)

 

 

 

 

 

112,000

 

 


 

6/27/06

 

 

 

 

100,000

(1)

 

0.41

 

 

30,638

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Joseph Laezza


 

6/25/07

 

 

75,000

(5)

 

 

 

 

 

45,000

 

 


 

5/15/07

 

 

100,000

(7)

 

 

 

 

 

52,000

 

 


 

5/15/07

 

 

 

 

250,000

(4)

 

0.52

 

 

99,235

 

 


 

6/27/06

 

 

 

 

100,000

(1)

 

0.41

 

 

30,638

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David W. Robinson


 

6/25/07

 

 

 

 

100,000

(2)

 

0.60

 

 

46,272

 

 


 

6/25/07

 

 

75,000

(5)

 

 

 

 

 

45,000

 

 


 

5/4/06

 

 

200,000  

(9)

 

 

 

 

 

90,000

 

 


 

6/27/06

 

 

 

 

100,000

(1)

 

0.41

 

 

30,638

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

The options for each of the named executive officers to purchase 100,000 shares were granted on June 27, 2006, have a ten year life and vests as to 33.33% of the total number of shares subject to the grant on each of the first, second and third anniversary dates of the grant.

(2)

The options for each of the named executive officers to purchase 100,000 shares were granted on June 25, 2007, have a ten year life and vests as to 33.33% of the total number of shares subject to the grant on each of the first, second and third anniversary dates of the grant.

(3)

Options to purchase 200,000 shares were granted on May 15, 2007, have a ten year life and vests as to 100,000 shares subject to the grant on that date and as to the remaining 100,000 shares subject to the grant, 33.33% on each of the first, second and third anniversary dates of the grant.

(4)

Options to purchase 250,000 shares were granted on May 15, 2007, have a ten year life and vests as to 125,000 shares subject to the grant on that date and as to the remaining 125,000 shares subject to the grant, 33.33% on each of the first, second and third anniversary dates of the grant.

(5)

Restricted stock awards for each of the named officers of 75,000 shares were granted on June 25, 2007 and vested on the date of the grant.

(6)

A restricted stock award of 400,000 shares was granted on May 15, 2007, and vests as to 50% of the total number of shares subject to the grant on each of the second and fourth anniversary dates of the grant.

(7)

A restricted stock award of 100,000 shares was granted on May 15, 2007, and vests as to 50% of the total number of shares subject to the grant on each of the second and fourth anniversary dates of the grant.

(8)

A restricted stock award of 200,000 shares was granted on January 30, 2007, and vests as to 33.33% of the total number of shares subject to the grant on each of the first, second and third anniversary dates of the grant.

(9)

A restricted stock award of 200,000 shares was granted on May 4, 2006, and vested as to 60,000 shares on the commencement date of Mr. Robinson’s employment and the remaining 140,000 shares subject to the grant vests 33.33% on each of the first, second and third anniversary dates of the grant.



55



Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The table set forth below presents the number and values of exercisable and unexercisable options and unvested restricted stock at December 31, 2007. Certain columnar information required by Item 402(f)(2) of Regulation S-K has been omitted for categories where there has been no compensation awarded to, or paid to, the named executive officers required to be reported in the table during two fiscal years ended December 31, 2007.


 

 

 

Option Awards

 

 

Stock Awards

 

Name

 

 

Number
of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Exercisable

 

 

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Unexercisable

 

Option
Exercise
Price
($)

 

 

Option
Expiration
Date

 

 

Number
of Shares
or Units
of Stock
That Have
Not
Vested
(#)

 

Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested
($) (7)

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Michael Brandofino

 

 

100,000

 

 

 

$

3.94

 

 

1/01/2011

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

 

4.40

 

 

2/25/2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,000

 

 

 

 

3.04

 

 

4/24/2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29,875

 

 

 

 

1.13

 

 

7/22/2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

3.39

 

 

9/23/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

1.36

 

 

7/26/2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33,333

 

 

66,667

(1)

 

0.41

 

 

6/27/2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100,000

 

 

100,000

(5)

 

0.52

 

 

5/15/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

400,000

(8)

 

192,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Edwin F. Heinen

 

 

26,666

 

 

13,334

(3)

 

2.13

 

 

3/02/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,334

 

 

4,666

(3)

 

1.17

 

 

8/10/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50,000

 

 

25,000

(3)

 

1.00

 

 

9/29/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33,333

 

 

66,667

(1)

 

0.41

 

 

6/27/2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100,000

(2)

 

0.60

 

 

6/25/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

200,000

(9)

 

96,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Joseph Laezza

 

 

33,334

 

 

16,666

(4)

 

1.17

 

 

8/10/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33,333

 

 

66,667

(1)

 

0.41

 

 

6/27/2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

125,000

 

 

125,000

(6)

 

0.52

 

 

5/15/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100,000

(10)

 

48,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David W. Robinson

 

 

33,333

 

 

66,667

(1)

 

0.41

 

 

6/27/2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100,000

(2)

 

0.60

 

 

6/25/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

93,333

(11)

 

44,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

An option to purchase 100,000 shares was granted on June 27, 2006, and vests as to 33.33% of the total number of shares subject to the grant on each of the first, second and third anniversary dates of the grant.

(2)

Options to purchase 100,000 shares were granted on June 25, 2007, and vests as to 33.33% of the total number of shares subject to the grant on each of the first, second and third anniversary dates of the grant.

(3)

Options to purchase 40,000 shares on March 2, 2005, 14,000 shares on August 10, 2005 and 75,000 shares of September 29, 2005 were granted, and vests as to 33.33% of the total number of shares subject to the grant on each of the first, second and third anniversary dates of the grant.

(4)

An option to purchase 50,000 shares was granted on August 10, 2005, and vests as to 33.33% of the total number of shares subject to the grant on each of the first, second and third anniversary dates of the grant.

(5)

An option to purchase 200,000 shares was granted on May 15, 2007, and vests as to 100,000 shares subject to the grant on that date and as to the remaining 100,000 shares subject to the grant, 33.33% on each of the first, second and third anniversary dates of the grant.

(6)

An option to purchase 250,000 shares was granted on May 15, 2007, and vests as to 125,000 shares subject to the grant on that date and as to the remaining 125,000 shares subject to the grant, 33.33% on each of the first, second and third anniversary dates of the grant.

(7)

The market value of the stock awards is based on the $0.48 closing price our common stock on December 31, 2007.

(8)

A restricted stock award of 400,000 shares was granted on May 15, 2007, and vests as to 50% of the total number of shares subject to the grant on each of the second and fourth anniversary dates of the grant.  As of December 31, 2007, all shares were unvested.

(9)

A restricted stock award of 200,000 shares was granted on January 30, 2007, and vests as to 33.33% of the total number of shares subject to the grant on each of the first, second and third anniversary dates of the grant. As of December 31, 2007, all shares were unvested.



56



(10)

A restricted stock award of 100,000 shares was granted on May 15, 2007, and vests as to 50% of the total number of shares subject to the grant on each of the second and fourth anniversary dates of the grant.  As of December 31, 2007, all shares were unvested.

(11)

A restricted stock award of 200,000 shares was granted on May 4, 2006, and vests as to 60,000 shares on the commencement date of Mr. Robinson’s employment and as to the remaining 140,000 shares subject to the grant, 33.33% on each of the first, second and third anniversary dates of the grant. As of December 31, 2007, 106,667 shares had vested and 93,333 shares were unvested.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

The table set forth below presents information concerning stock option exercises and vesting of restricted stock during the year ended December 31, 2007 for each named executive officer. Certain columnar information required by Item 402(g)(2) of Regulation S-K has been omitted for categories where there has been no compensation awarded to, or paid to, the named executive officers required to be reported in the table during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007.


 

 

 

 

 

 

Option Awards

 

 

Stock Awards

 

Name

 

 

Year

 

 

Number of
Shares
Acquired
on Exercise
(#)

 

Value
Realized
on
Exercise
(1)

 

 

Number of
Shares
Acquired on
Vesting (#)

 

Value
Realized on
Vesting (2)

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Michael Brandofino

 

 

2007

 

 

 

$

 

 

75,000

 

$

45,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Edwin F. Heinen

 

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

75,000

 

 

45,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Joseph Laezza

 

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

93,334

 

 

54,534

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David W. Robinson

 

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

121,667

 

 

73,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

The value of an option is the difference between (a) the market price upon exercise and (b) the exercise price of the option upon grant.

(2)

The value of a restricted stock share upon vesting is the market value of a share of the Company’s common stock on the vesting date.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change-in-Control

The tables below outline the potential payments to our Chief Executive Officer and other named executive officers upon the occurrence of certain termination triggering events. For the purposes of the table, below are the standard definitions for the various types of termination, although exact definitions may vary by agreement and by person.

“Voluntary Resignation” means the resignation initiated by the executive officer.


“Resignation for Good Reason” means if the executive officer resigns because: (i) there has been a diminution in his base salary; (ii) he is required to be based in an office that is more than a certain distance (e.g., 50 or 75 miles) from the current location of the office; (iii) he is assigned duties that are materially inconsistent with his current position; or (iv) there is a material diminution of his status, office, title, responsibility, or reporting requirements.

“Termination For Cause” means a termination of executive officer’s employment by the Company because, in the judgment of the Company: (i) the executive officer willfully engaged in any act or omission which is in bad faith and to the detriment of the Company; (ii) the executive officer exhibited unfitness for service, dishonesty, habitual neglect, persistent and serious deficiencies in performance, or gross incompetence, which conduct is not cured within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the executive officer of written notice of the conduct; (iii) the executive officer is convicted of a crime; or (iv) the executive officer refused or failed to act on any reasonable and lawful directive or order from his superior or the Board.

“Termination Without Cause" means a termination for a reason other than for Cause, as defined above.

“Benefits upon a Change in Control or Corporate Transaction” means the benefit the named executive will receive upon a Change in Control or Corporate Transaction, as each such term is defined it the executive officer’s employment contract and restricted stock award agreement.



57



No named executive officer is entitled to a payment in connection with Voluntary Resignation, Disability or a Termination for Cause.


Executive Benefits and Payments Upon Termination (1)

 

Resignation for
Good Reason or
Termination
Without Cause

 

Death

 

Change in
Control or
Corporate
Transaction

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Michael Brandofino

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance (2)

 

$

275,000

 

$

275,000

 

$

275,000

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted Stock (8)

 

 

 

 

 

 

192,000

 

Options (7)

 

 

 

 

 

 

197,667

 

Benefits and Perquisites (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

401 (k) Match (4)

 

 

3,875

 

 

3,875

 

 

3,875

 

Health Insurance (5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued vacation pay (6)

 

 

21,154

 

 

21,154

 

 

21,154

 

Edwin F. Heinen

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance (2)

 

 

210,000

 

 

210,000

 

 

210,000

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted Stock (9)

 

 

32,000

 

 

32,000

 

 

96,000

 

Options (10)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits and Perquisites (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

401 (k) Match (4)

 

 

3,875

 

 

3,875

 

 

3,875

 

Health Insurance (5)

 

 

11,952

 

 

 

 

11,952

 

Accrued vacation pay (6)

 

 

16,154

 

 

16,154

 

 

16,154

 

Joseph Laezza

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance (2)

 

 

244,860

 

 

244,860

 

 

244,860

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted Stock (8)

 

 

 

 

 

 

48,000

 

Options (10)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits and Perquisites (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

401 (k) Match (4)

 

 

3,875

 

 

3,875

 

 

3,875

 

Health Insurance (5)

 

 

15,135

 

 

 

 

15,135

 

Accrued vacation pay (6)

 

 

18,835

 

 

18,835

 

 

18,835

 

David W. Robinson

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance (2)

 

 

252,000

 

 

252,000

 

 

252,000

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted Stock (9)

 

 

22,400

 

 

22,400

 

 

44,800

 

Options (10)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits and Perquisites (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

401 (k) Match (4)

 

 

3,875

 

 

3,875

 

 

3,875

 

Health Insurance (5)

 

 

15,135

 

 

 

 

15,135

 

Accrued vacation pay (6)

 

 

19,385

 

 

19,385

 

 

19,385

 


(1)

For purposes of this analysis, we assume that the named Executive Officer's compensation is as follows: Mr. Brandofino’s current base salary is $275,000; Mr. Heinen’s current base salary is $210,000; Mr. Laezza’s current base salary is $244,860; and Mr. Robinson’s current base salary is $252,000.

(2)

Severance is calculated based on the officer’s current base pay times the twelve months detailed in their employment agreements.

(3)

Payments associated with benefits and perquisites are limited to the items listed. No other continuation of benefits or perquisites occurs under the termination scenarios listed.

(4)

401(k) Employer Match is calculated on salary paid as per Safe Harbor provision of the 401(k) Plan up to the maximum allowable contribution.

(5)

Health Insurance is calculated based on the current COBRA costs for the officer’s current coverage times twelve months (none for Mr. Brandofino) detailed in their employment agreements.

(6)

Assumes four weeks of unused vacation days at the time of termination.



58



(7)

Mr. Brandofino will receive a bonus of the difference between $200,000 and the amount he realizes from the exercise of his options. Based on the $0.48 closing price of our common stock on December 30, 2007, Mr. Brandofino will realize $2,333 from the exercise of his options so he will receive $197,667 of such bonus.

(8)

Represents the value of Mr. Brandofino’s and Mr. Laezza’s unvested restricted stock whose vesting would be accelerated in a change in control (all unvested shares). Unvested restricted stock whose vesting would be accelerated in a termination of employment (one year) is not impacted because the next vesting date for their restricted stock is May 15, 2009.

(9)

Represents the value of Mr. Heinen’s and Mr. Robinson’s unvested restricted stock whose vesting would be accelerated as a result of termination of employment (one year) or change in control (all unvested shares).

(10)

No accelerated vesting of options upon termination.


Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m) Limitation


Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, enacted in 1993, generally disallows a tax deduction to publicly held companies for compensation exceeding $1 million per year paid to certain executive officers. The limitation applies only to compensation that is not considered to be performance-based. The non-performance based compensation paid to our executive officers in 2007 did not, in the case of any officer, exceed the $1 million per year limit. The compensation committee generally intends to limit the dollar amount of all non- performance based compensation payable to our executive officers to no more than $1 million per year.


Compensation Committee Interlocks And Insider Participation


Bami Bastani, Dean Hiltzik, and James Lusk served as members of the compensation committee of the board of directors during 2007. No member of the compensation committee was at any time during 2007 or at any other time our officer or employee. No member of the compensation committee served on the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of the board or our compensation committee.



59



SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of common stock as of March 20, 2008 by each of the following:

·

each person (or group within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) known by us to own beneficially 5% or more of the common stock;

·

our directors and named executive officers; and

·

all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

The amounts and percentages are based on 47,954,564 shares of common stock issued as of March 20, 2008, which includes 1,564,891 shares held by the Company as treasury shares. As used in this table, “beneficial ownership” means the sole or shared power to vote or direct the voting or to dispose or direct the disposition of any security. A person is considered the beneficial owner of securities that can be acquired within 60 days of such date through the exercise of any option, warrant or right. Shares of common stock subject to options, warrants or rights which are currently exercisable or exercisable within such 60 days are considered outstanding for computing the ownership percentage of the person holding such options, warrants or rights, but are not considered outstanding for computing the ownership percentage of any other person. However, unless specifically waived by such selling stockholder, the selling stockholder is prohibited from acquiring shares of common stock under the Senior Secured Notes, the Series A Warrants and the Series A-2 Warrants to the extent such acquisition would result in the selling stockholder beneficially owning more than 4.9% or 9.9% of our outstanding common stock after such acquisition.

Name and Address of Beneficial Owners (1)

     

Number of
Shares Owned (2)

     

Percentage of
Outstanding Shares

Executive Officers and Directors:

     

 

 

     

 

Michael Brandofino

 

1,267,614

(3)

 

   2.6%

Joseph Laezza

 

617,125

(4)

 

   1.3%

Edwin F. Heinen

 

878,900

(5)

 

   1.8%

David W. Robinson

 

729,397

(6)

 

   1.5%

Aziz Ahmad

 

244,493

(7)

 

*

Bami Bastani

 

329,240

(8)

 

*

Dean Hiltzik

 

184,000

(9)

 

*

James Lusk

 

98,000

(10)

 

*

Richard Reiss

 

3,588,250

(11)

 

   7.4%

Peter Rust

 

103,500

(12)

 

*

All directors and executive officers as a group (10 people)

 

8,040,519

 

 

16.3%

5% Owners:

 

 

 

 

 

North Sound Capital LLC

20 Horseneck Lane, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830

 

2,470,845

(13)

 

  4.9%

Coghill Capital Management LLC

One North Wacker Drive, New York, New York 10006

 

4,886,419

(14)

 

  9.9%

Vicis Capital

126 East 56th Street, New York, New York 10022

 

2,470,845

(15)

 

  4.9%

Smithfield Fiduciary LLC (c/o Highbridge Capital Management)

9 West 57th Street, 27th Floor, New York, New York 10019

 

2,470,845

(16)

 

  4.9%

 

 

 

 

 

 

* Less than 1%

 

 

 

 

 

———————

(1)

Unless otherwise noted, the address of each person listed is c/o Glowpoint, Inc., 225 Long Avenue, Hillside, New Jersey 07205.

(2)

Unless otherwise noted indicated by footnote, the named persons have sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares of common stock beneficially owned.

(3)

Includes 400,000 shares of restricted stock that are subject to forfeiture, 105,538 shares issuable upon conversion of our Senior Secured Notes, and 582,041 shares subject to stock options and warrants presently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.

(4)

Includes 100,000 shares of restricted stock that are subject to forfeiture, 53,291 shares issuable upon conversion of our Senior Secured Notes, and 258,834 shares subject to stock options and warrants presently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.

(5)

Includes 133,333 shares of restricted stock that are subject to forfeiture, 261,233 shares issuable upon conversion of our Senior Secured Notes, and 257,667 shares subject to stock options and warrants presently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.

(6)

Includes 46,666 shares of restricted stock that are subject to forfeiture, 234,064 shares issuable upon conversion of our Senior Secured Notes, and 145,333 shares subject to stock options and warrants exercisable within 60 days.

(7)

Includes 40,000 shares of restricted stock that are subject to forfeiture, 104,493 shares issuable upon conversion of our Senior Secured Notes, and 60,000 subject to presently exercisable stock options and warrants.



60



(8)

Includes 40,000 shares of restricted stock that are subject to forfeiture, 156,740 shares issuable upon conversion of our Senior Secured Notes, and 92,500 subject to presently exercisable stock options and warrants.

(9)

Includes 104,000 shares subject to presently exercisable stock options.

(10)

Includes 40,000 shares of restricted stock that are subject to forfeiture and 18,000 subject to presently exercisable stock options.

(11)

Includes 313,000 shares subject to presently exercisable stock options and 82,500 shares held by a trust for the benefit of Mr. Reiss' children, of which he is the trustee.

(12)

Includes 20,000 shares of restricted stock that are subject to forfeiture and 23,500 subject to presently exercisable stock options.

(13)

Based on ownership information from the selling stockholder questionnaire, dated October 12, 2007 and confirmed on January 4, 2008, submitted to the Company by North Sound Capital Management, L.L.C., holder does not currently own any shares and may, within the next 60 days, acquire 2,470,845 shares issuable upon conversion of our Senior Secured Notes, which amount is due to a contractual 4.9% ownership limitation. Does not include 13,875,169 shares which are exercisable on 61 days’ prior written notice to the Company, which includes 3,698,762 additional shares issuable upon conversion of Senior Secured Notes, 4,748,126 shares issuable upon conversion of our Series C Preferred Stock, and 5,428,281 shares subject to presently exercisable warrants. The required 61 days prior written notice is designed to assure that the holder will not be deemed the beneficial owner of all underlying shares because the 61 day waiting period before the waiver becomes effective denies the holder the right to have beneficial ownership within 60 days. Therefore, without giving effect to the 4.9% contractual ownership limitation, holder presently would have the right to acquire a total of 16,346,014 shares.

(14)

Based on ownership information from the Schedule 13G filed by Coghill Capital Management, L.L.C. on February 14, 2008, holder currently owns 3,483,218 shares and may, within the next 60 days, acquire 1,403,201 shares issuable upon conversion of our Senior Secured Notes, which amount is due to a contractual 9.9% ownership limitation. Does not include 8,713,860 shares which are exercisable on 61 days’ prior written notice to the Company, which includes 4,388,424 additional shares issuable upon conversion of Senior Secured Notes and 4,325,436 shares subject to presently exercisable warrants. The required 61 days prior written notice is designed to assure that the holder will not be deemed the beneficial owner of all underlying shares because the 61 day waiting period before the waiver becomes effective denies the holder the right to have beneficial ownership within 60 days. Therefore, without giving effect to the 9.9% contractual ownership limitation, holder presently would have the right to acquire a total of 10,117,061 shares in addition to the 3,483,218 shares owned, for a total position of 13,600,279 shares.

(15)

Based on ownership information from the selling stockholder questionnaire, dated October 15, 2007 and confirmed on December 20, 2007, submitted to the Company by Vicis Capital Master Fund, holder does not currently own any shares and may, within the next 60 days, acquire 2,470,845 shares issuable upon conversion of our Senior Secured Notes, which amount is due to a contractual 4.9% ownership limitation. Does not include 9,298,022 shares which are exercisable on 61 days’ prior written notice to the Company, which includes 4,365,711 additional shares issuable upon conversion of Senior Secured Notes, and 4,932,311 shares subject to presently exercisable warrants. The required 61 days prior written notice is designed to assure that the holder will not be deemed the beneficial owner of all underlying shares because the 61 day waiting period before the waiver becomes effective denies the holder the right to have beneficial ownership within 60 days. Therefore, without giving effect to the 4.9% contractual ownership limitation, holder presently would have the right to acquire a total of 11,768,867 shares.

(16)

Based on ownership information from the selling stockholder questionnaire, dated January 7, 2008, submitted to the Company by Smithfield Fiduciary LLC, holder does not currently own any shares and may, within the next 60 days, acquire 1,229,877 shares issuable upon conversion of our Senior Secured Notes and 1,240,968 shares subject to presently exercisable warrants, which amount is due to a contractual 4.9% ownership limitation. Does not include 74,022 additional shares subject to presently exercisable warrants which are exercisable on 61 days’ prior written notice to the Company. The required 61 days prior written notice is designed to assure that the holder will not be deemed the beneficial owner of all underlying shares because the 61 day waiting period before the waiver becomes effective denies the holder the right to have beneficial ownership within 60 days. Therefore, without giving effect to the 4.9% contractual ownership limitation, holder presently would have the right to acquire a total of 2,544,867 shares.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table provides information regarding the aggregate number of securities to be issued under all of our stock options and equity-based plans upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and other rights and their weighted-average exercise prices as of December 31, 2007. The securities issued under equity compensation plans not approved by security holders consist entirely of options issued with respect to individual compensation arrangements for officers, directors and consultants.

Plan Category

     

Number of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights

 

Weighted-Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights

 

Number of Securities Remaining Available for Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans (excluding Securities Reflecting in Column (a))

 

Equity compensation plans approved by
security holders

     

 

4,205,232

 

     

 

$1.44

 

     

 

2,903,887

 

 

Equity compensation plans not approved by
security holders

 

 

50,000

 

 

 

2.98

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

4,213,232

 

 

 

$1.47

 

 

 

2,903,887

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 




61



Section 16(A) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, requires executive officers and directors and persons who beneficially own more than 10% of a registered class of our equity securities to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Executive officers, directors and greater than 10% stockholders are required by regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) reports they file.

Based solely on our review of the copies of reports we received, or written representations that no such reports were required for those persons, we believe that, for 2007, all statements of beneficial ownership required to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission were filed on a timely basis.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

We receive financial and tax services from Schneider & Associates LLP, an accounting firm in which Dean Hiltzik, one of our directors, is a partner. In the five years ending December 31, 2007, we have incurred fees of approximately $243,000 for services received from this firm, approximately $92,000 of which was incurred in 2007.

DESCRIPTION OF REGISTERED STOCK; OUR CAPITAL STOCK AND SECURITIES

We are registering 15,924,902 shares of our common stock. Based on the March 20, 2008 closing sale price of our common stock of $0.55 per share as reported on the OTCBB, these registered shares would have a total value of approximately $8,758,700. We are authorized to issue up to 150,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and authorized to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

The following summary description of our capital stock is qualified in its entirety by reference to our certificate of incorporation, as amended and restated (“Certificate of Incorporation”). These summaries are not meant to be the complete description of each security. However, this prospectus contains the material terms of the securities being offered.

Common Stock

The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. There are no cumulative voting rights, so the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares have the ability to elect all of the directors. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends that may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of preferred stock then outstanding. The common stock has no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and nonassessable, and the shares of common stock to be issued upon the closing of this offering will be fully paid and nonassessable.

As of March 20, 2008, of the 150,000,000 shares of common stock currently authorized, there are approximately 46,389,673 shares of common stock issued and outstanding and approximately an additional 66,633,823 shares reserved for issuance in connection with (i) options outstanding to acquire approximately 4,314,024 shares of common stock, which include (but are not limited to) options issued under our 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, the four stock option plans maintained by VTI and assumed by the Company, and our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (collectively, the “Option Plans”), (ii) warrants outstanding to acquire approximately 22,874,610 shares of common stock, (iii) approximately 4,748,126 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series C Preferred Stock, (iv) approximately 22,641,027 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our Senior Secured Notes, (v) approximately 9,577,941 shares reserved pursuant to the terms of the outstanding warrants and the Senior Secured Notes (which require 120% of the actual number of shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of such warrants and conversion of such notes) and pursuant to the terms of our Series C Preferred Stock (which require 110% of the actual number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of such Series C Preferred Stock), and (vi) 2,478,095 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the Option Plans.



62



Preferred Stock

Our board of directors has the authority, without action by our stockholders, to designate and issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series. Currently, we have 1,500 shares of Series C Preferred Stock authorized, of which approximately 474.8126 shares are issued and outstanding, and 4,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock authorized, none of which are issued. We have no other classes of preferred stock.

Series C Preferred Stock

The Series C Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference equal to its stated value, which is $10,000 per share, and is convertible at the holder’s election into 10,000 shares of common stock, subject to adjustment. The Series C Preferred Stock will automatically convert to common stock after the closing bid and ask prices of our common stock exceeds $2.00 (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations and similar transactions) for a period of ten consecutive trading days. So long as shares of the Series C Preferred Stock with a value of at least $2 million remain outstanding, we cannot generally, without the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least 75% of the shares of the Series C Preferred Stock outstanding at the time, voting separately as a class, (i) authorize, create, issue or increase the authorized or issued amount of any class of debt or equity securities, ranking pari passu or senior to the Series C Preferred Stock; (ii) amend, alter or repeal the provisions of the Series C Preferred Stock; (iii) repurchase, redeem or pay dividends on, shares of common stock or any other shares of our stock; (iv) amend our certificate of incorporation or bylaws to materially and adversely effect the Series C Preferred Stock; (v) effect any distribution with to our stock; (vi) reclassify our outstanding securities; or (vii) materially change the nature of our business. Other than the voting rights identified in the preceding sentence and as otherwise required by Delaware law, the Series C Preferred Stock has no voting rights. No dividends shall accrue or be payable on any shares of Series C Preferred Stock.

Series D Preferred Stock

The Series D Preferred Stock does not have any voting rights, but is convertible into Glowpoint’s common stock and is entitled to any liquidating distribution to holders of common stock. All of the Senior Secured Notes, the Series A Warrants, as amended, the Series A-2 Warrants and the Series C Preferred Stock are convertible or exercisable, as the case may be, into our common stock, but provide that, unless specifically waived by such holder, in no event shall any holder of such securities own more than 4.99% or 9.99% of our outstanding common stock. In the event a holder would own more than either percentage upon conversion or exercise and does not waive such ownership cap, we will issue Series D Preferred Stock for the amount above such limitation. The holder may then convert Series D Preferred Stock into common stock in the future as permitted by the ownership limitations or upon waiver of such restriction.

Senior Secured Notes

The Company issued Senior Secured Notes in the Private Placements and, to date, as payment for all interest due on all then-outstanding Senior Secured Notes. The Senior Secured Notes are convertible into common stock at a conversion rate of $0.50 per share (x) at any time at the holder’s election or (y) automatically if the closing bid price (as defined in the Senior Secured Notes) of the Company’s common stock exceeds $1.25 (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations and similar transactions) for twenty (20) consecutive trading days.

All of the Senior Secured Notes bear interest at 10% per annum, increasing to 12% on the first anniversary following their issuance, and mature on March 31, 2009. Beginning in January 2008, the per annum interest rate on the unpaid principal balance of the Senior Secured Notes then in effect shall increase if the Company fails to achieve a minimum adjusted quarterly earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (the “Adjusted EBITDA”) as defined in the Senior Secured Notes. The per annum interest rate shall increase by 200 basis points if the stated quarterly Adjusted EBITDA is not achieved, and such increase will be cumulative for each subsequent quarterly failure to achieve the stated Adjusted EBITDA; provided, however, that the per annum interest rate shall revert to the lower interest rate in the event the Company achieves or exceeds the stated or cumulative minimum Adjusted EBITDA in any subsequent quarterly period. The Senior Secured Notes provide that the selling stockholders who are Company officers or directors will not be entitled to all of the rights and benefits available to the other purchasers upon the failure by the Company to achieve Adjusted EBITDA. The minimum Adjusted EBITDA required in order to avoid an increased interest rate is: (i) $0 for the quarter ending March 31, 2008; (ii) $1,000,000 for the period commencing on January 1, 2008 and ending on June 30, 2008; (iii) $1,500,000 for the quarter ending September 30, 2008, or $2,500,000 for the period commencing on January 1, 2008 and ending on September 30, 2008; and (iv) $2,000,000 for the quarter ending December 31, 2008, or $4,500,000 for the year ended December 31, 2008.



63



The Senior Secured Notes and the other transaction documents in the Private Placements overlying the shares sought to be registered prohibit the conversion and/or exercise of such securities to the extent that the conversion and/or exercise of such securities would result in the holder, together with its affiliates, beneficially owning in excess of 4.9% of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock. Each of the holders may, upon 61 days’ prior written notice to the Company, waive the applicable limitation, deferring for at least 61 days the time when such holder could acquire underlying securities in a sufficient amount to exceed the 5% threshold. This waiver is designed to assure that none of these holders, together with their affiliates, will be deemed the beneficial owner of all underlying shares because the 61 day waiting period before the waiver becomes effective denies the selling stockholder the right to have beneficial ownership within 60 days. Additionally, the terms of all of the Senior Secured Notes limit, even if the 4.9% cap is waived, the beneficial ownership of each of these holders, together with their affiliates, to 9.9% of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock, unless waived in accordance with the foregoing described 61-day procedure. Except for CCM Master Qualified Fund, none of the selling stockholders has waived the 4.9% ownership limitation. None of the selling stockholders has waived the 9.9% ownership limitation.

Anti-Dilution Provisions in Senior Secured Notes, Series C Preferred Stock and Warrants

The conversion price of the Senior Secured Notes, the exercise price of the warrants, and the conversion price of the Series C Preferred Stock are subject to adjustment based upon, among other things, (i) any stock splits, which would cause such prices to decrease proportionately, (ii) any stock combinations, which would cause such prices to increase proportionately, (iii) reclassifications or exchanges, which would cause such prices to change accordingly or cause the security to be issued to change accordingly, (iv) any declaration of dividends or distributions to stockholders, which would cause such prices to decrease, and (v) any sales of securities (or security equivalents) at prices below the conversion or exercise prices, as the case may be, of the applicable security, which would cause such prices to decrease. There is no adjustment, however, based on the market price of our common stock.

Anti-Takeover Effect

Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could make the acquisition of our company through a tender offer, a proxy contest or other means more difficult and could make the removal of incumbent officers and directors more difficult. We expect these provisions to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of our company to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits provided by our ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging these proposals. We believe the negotiation of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal could result in an improvement of its terms.

Our certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors is divided into three classes serving staggered terms. Approximately one-third of the board of directors will be elected each year. The provision for a classified board could prevent a party who acquires control of a majority of the outstanding voting stock from obtaining control of the board of directors until the second annual stockholders meeting following the date the acquiring party obtains the controlling stock interest. The classified board provision could discourage a potential acquiror from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company and could increase the likelihood that incumbent directors will retain their positions. Our bylaws also provide that directors may be removed with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of the outstanding shares of common stock.

Our bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to the board of directors. At an annual meeting, stockholders may only consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors. Stockholders may also consider a proposal or nomination by a person who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given to our Secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of his or her intention to bring that business before the meeting. The bylaws do not give the board of directors the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting of the stockholders. However, our bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed. These provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.



64



Under Delaware law, a special meeting of stockholders may be called by the board of directors or by any other person authorized to do so in the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws. Our bylaws authorize the Chairman of our board of directors or a majority of our board of directors to call a special meeting of stockholders. Because our stockholders do not have the right to call a special meeting, stockholders could not force stockholder consideration of a proposal over the opposition of the board of directors by calling a special meeting of stockholders prior to such time as a majority of the board of directors believed or the Chairman of our board of directors believed the matter should be considered or until the next annual meeting provided that the requestor met the notice requirements. The restriction on the ability of stockholders to call a special meeting means that a proposal to replace the board also could be delayed until the next annual meeting.

Anti-takeover Effects of Delaware Law Provisions

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law contains provisions that may make the acquisition of control of us by means of a tender offer, open market purchase, proxy fight or otherwise, more difficult. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. Section 203 defines a “business combination” as a merger, asset sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or, in some cases, within three years prior, did own, 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock. Under Section 203, a business combination between us and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless:

·

our Board of Directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder prior to the date the person attained the status

·

upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding, for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and issued employee stock plans, under which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentiality whether shares held under the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

·

the business combination is approved by our Board of Directors on or subsequent to the date the person became an interested stockholder and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The Transfer Agent and Registrar for the common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, New York, New York.

Trading

Our common stock is traded in the Over-The-Counter Bulletin Board under the symbol “GLOW”.



65



LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION MATTERS

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that no director shall be personally liable to us or any of our stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability:

·

for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our shareholders;

·

for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

·

pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which related to unlawful payments or dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or

·

for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Any repeal or modification of these provisions will not adversely effect any right or protection of a director existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

In addition, our bylaws provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers for their actions as an officer of director, so long as such persons acted in good faith and in a manner such persons reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to our best interests, and we must advance expenses to our directors and officers in connection with their defense.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

We cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of common stock for sale will have on the market price of common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market could adversely affect the market price of our securities and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of equity securities at times and on terms favorable to us. There are a significant number of shares of common stock eligible for future sale and this may hurt the market price of our securities.

Future Sale of Shares

We have an aggregate of 46,389,673 shares of common stock outstanding. Approximately 2,768,333 shares of common stock are currently deemed restricted securities as defined under Rule 144. There are also approximately 15,247,099 shares issuable upon conversion of the Senior Secured Notes issued in in connection with the March and April 2006 private placements that would be deemed restricted securities as defined under Rule 144. Additionally, as of March 20, 2008, there will be approximately 4,748,126 shares issuable upon conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock and approximately 7,393,928 shares issuable upon conversion of the Senior Secured Notes issued in connection with the September 2007 private placement that would be deemed restricted securities as defined under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration, such as under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as then in effect.



66



SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The table set forth below includes (i) the names of the selling stockholders, (ii) the number of shares of common stock owned beneficially by each of them as of March 20, 2008 (iii) the number of shares which may be offered pursuant to this prospectus and (iv) the number of shares and percentage of class to be owned by each selling stockholder after this offering. The selling stockholders may sell all, some or none of their shares in this offering. See "Plan of Distribution."

As used in this table, “beneficial ownership” means the sole or shared power to vote or direct the voting or to dispose or direct the disposition of any security. A person is considered the beneficial owner of securities that can be acquired within 60 days of March 20, 2008 through the exercise of any option, warrant or right. Shares of common stock subject to options, warrants or rights which are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 20, 2008 are considered outstanding for computing the ownership percentage of the person holding such options, warrants or rights, but are not considered outstanding for computing the ownership percentage of any other person. However, unless specifically waived by such selling stockholder, the selling stockholder is prohibited from acquiring shares of common stock under the Senior Secured Notes, the Series A Warrants and the Series A-2 Warrants to the extent such acquisition would result in the selling stockholder beneficially owning more than 4.9% or 9.9% of our outstanding common stock after such acquisition.

Both the number of shares listed as beneficially owned after the offering by the selling stockholder in the table and the selling stockholder’s percentage of share ownership after the offering are based on the assumption that all of the shares being offered are sold pursuant to this offering, and that no other shares of common stock are acquired or disposed of by the selling stockholder prior to the termination of this offering. Because the selling stockholder may sell all, some or none its shares, or may acquire or dispose of other shares of common stock, we cannot estimate the aggregate number of shares that will be sold in this offering or the number or percentage of shares of common stock that the selling stockholder will own upon completion of this offering.

The selling stockholders are investors that provided financing to us or are those that acted as placement agents in the Private Placements or provided advisory services. Pursuant to that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated March 31, 2006, as amended, we have filed a registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, in order to permit those stockholders to sell to the public the shares of common stock that they acquired or may acquire upon conversion or exercise of, among other things, the warrants to purchase common stock issued in the Private Placements and warrants issued for those that acted as placement agents in the Private Placements or provided advisory services. Holders of certain other warrants, namely the placement agent and advisory warrants issued prior to the date hereof to the designees and assigns of Burnham Hill Partners, may exercise their warrants and sell to the public the common stock issuable upon such exercise under this registration statement.

The following information is based upon information provided by the selling stockholders. Currently, Messrs. Brandofino, Ahmad, Bastani, Heinen, Laezza, and Robinson hold a position or office with Glowpoint. Except as otherwise set forth in the footnotes to the table, none of the other selling stockholders has held any position or office or has had any other material relationship with us or any of our affiliates within the past three years other than as a result of his or her ownership of shares of equity securities.

Except as set forth in the footnotes to the table, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to community property laws, where applicable. A person is considered the beneficial owner of any securities as of a given date that can be acquired within 60 days of such date through the exercise of any option, warrant or other right. Shares of common stock subject to options, warrants or other rights which are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days are considered outstanding for computing the ownership percentage of the person holding such options, warrants or other rights, but are not considered outstanding for computing the ownership percentage of any other person. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a selling stockholder and the percentage of ownership of that selling stockholder, we have included all shares of common stock owned or beneficially owned by that selling stockholder without taking into account the applicable 4.9% or 9.9% contractual limitations on conversion and exercise.



67



The "Number of Shares Owned after Offering" column assumes the sale of all shares offered. The "Percentage of Shares Owned after Offering" column is based on 47,954,564 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 20, 2008, which includes 1,564,891 shares held by the Company as treasury shares.


 

 

NUMBER OF SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED PRIOR
TO THIS

 

NUMBER OF SHARES
BEING OFFERED

 

SHARES OWNED AFTER OFFERING

SELLING STOCKHOLDER

 

OFFERING

 

HEREBY

 

NUMBER

 

% (1)

Aziz Ahmad (2)


244,494

 

50,000

 

194,494


  *

Bamdad Bastani (3)


329,240

 

75,000

 

254,240


  *

Brad Reifler (4)


141,374

 

88,540

 

52,834


  *

CCM Master Qualified Fund Ltd (5)


13,600,280

 

3,658,769

 

9,941,511


18.3%

Dan Schneiderman (6)


25,000

 

25,000

 

-


*

David W. Robinson (7 )


729,397

 

112,000

 

617,397


1.3%

David Wilstein and Susan Wilstein, as Trustees of the Century Trust (8)


308,986

 

100,000

 

208,986


*

DERS Associates L.P. (9)


2,326,958

 

300,000

 

2,026,958


4.2%

Edwin F. Heinen (10)


878,899

 

125,000

 

753,899


1.6%

Eric Singer (11)


34,250

 

20,000

 

14,250


*

Hilary Bergman (12)


141,374

 

88,540

 

52,834


*

Jack Gilbert (13)


2,076,972

 

200,000

 

1,876,972


3.9%

Jason Adelman (14)


1,969,603

 

1,045,575

 

924,028


1.9%

Joseph Laezza (15)


617,126

 

25,500

 

591,626


1.2%

Matthew Balk (16)


118,672

 

83,472

 

35,200


*

Michael Abrams (17)


152,403

 

107,725

 

44,678


*

Michael Brandofino (18)


1,267,614

 

50,500

 

1,217,114


2.5%

Michael Liss (19)


389,254

 

294,242

 

95,012


*

North Sound Legacy Institutional Fund LLC (20)


2,288,442

 

620,379

 

1,668,063


3.4%

North Sound Legacy International Fund Ltd. (21)


14,057,572

 

3,810,901

 

10,246,671


17.6%

Smithfield Fiduciary LLC (22)


2,544,866

 

884,990

 

1,659,876


3.3%

Vicis Capital Master Fund (23)


11,768,867

 

4,158,769

 

7,610,098


13.7%

 


56,011,643

 

15,924,902

 

40,086,741


 

*

Represents less than one percent of the outstanding common stock.

(1)

The percentage of common stock beneficially owned is based on 47,954,564 shares of common stock outstanding on March 20, 2008, which includes 1,564,891 shares held by the Company as treasury shares. Shares of common stock subject to the exercise or conversion of options and warrants are considered outstanding for computing the ownership percentage of the person holding such options and warrants, but are not considered outstanding for computing the ownership percentage of any other person.

(2)

Number of shares being offered includes 50,000 shares subject to presently exercisable Series A-2 warrants obtained in the Private Placements.

(3)

Number of shares being offered includes 75,000 shares subject to presently exercisable Series A-2 warrants obtained in the Private Placements.

(4)

Number of shares being offered includes 16,836 shares subject to presently exercisable Series A and A-2 warrants obtained in the Private Placements and 71,704 shares subject to presently exercisable placement agent warrants. Mr. Reifler has advised the Company that he is an affiliate of Pali Capital, a broker-dealer. We do not have any arrangement with Pali Capital for it to act as a broker-dealer for the sale of the shares included herein for the selling stockholders. Mr. Reifler has represented to us that he acquired the shares in the ordinary course of business and that, at the time of such acquisition, he did not have any agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the shares.  

(5)

Number of shares being offered includes 3,658,769 shares subject to presently exercisable Series A and A-2 warrants obtained in the Private Placements. Coghill Capital Management, LLC (“Coghill Capital”) is the investment manager of CCM Master Qualified Fund Ltd. (“CCM”). Clint D. Coghill is the majority owner and president of Coghill Capital. Mr. Coghill and Coghill Capital disclaim beneficial ownership in the securities held by CCM except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein.



68



(6)

Number of shares being offered includes 25,000 shares subject to presently exercisable placement agent warrants. Mr. Schneiderman has advised the Company that he is an affiliate of Pali Capital, a broker-dealer. We do not have any arrangement with Pali Capital for it to act as a broker-dealer for the sale of the shares included herein for the selling stockholders. Mr. Schneider has represented to us that he acquired the shares in the ordinary course of business and that, at the time of such acquisition, he did not have any agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the shares.  

(7)

Number of shares being offered includes 112,000 shares subject to presently exercisable Series A-2 warrants obtained in the Private Placements.

(8)

Number of shares being offered includes 100,000 shares subject to presently exercisable Series A-2 warrants obtained in the Private Placements.

(9)

Number of shares being offered includes 300,000 shares subject to presently exercisable Series A-2 warrants obtained in the Private Placements. Rita L. Schwartz has the power to vote and dispose of the securities held by DERS Associates L.P.

(10)

Number of shares being offered includes 125,000 shares subject to presently exercisable Series A-2 warrants obtained in the Private Placements.

(11)

Number of shares being offered includes 20,000 shares subject to presently exercisable placement agent warrants. Mr. Singer has advised the Company that he is an affiliate of Pali Capital, a broker-dealer. We do not have any arrangement with Pali Capital for it to act as a broker-dealer for the sale of the shares included herein for the selling stockholders. Mr. Singer has represented to us that he acquired the shares in the ordinary course of business and that, at the time of such acquisition, he did not have any agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the shares.  

(12)

Number of shares being offered includes 16,836 shares subject to presently exercisable Series A and A-2 warrants obtained in the Private Placements and 71,704 shares subject to presently exercisable placement agent warrants. Mr. Bergman has advised the Company that he is an affiliate of Pali Capital, a broker-dealer. We do not have any arrangement with Pali Capital for it to act as a broker-dealer for the sale of the shares included herein for the selling stockholders. Mr. Bergman has represented to us that he acquired the shares in the ordinary course of business and that, at the time of such acquisition, he did not have any agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the shares.  

(13)

Number of shares being offered includes 200,000 shares subject to presently exercisable Series A-2 warrants obtained in the Private Placements.

(14)

Number of shares being offered includes 199,375 shares subject to presently exercisable Series A and A-2 warrants obtained in the Private Placements and 846,200 shares subject to presently exercisable placement agent warrants. Mr. Adelman has advised the Company that he is an affiliate of Pali Capital, a broker-dealer. We do not have any arrangement with Pali Capital for it to act as a broker-dealer for the sale of the shares included herein for the selling stockholders. Mr. Adelman has represented to us that he acquired the shares in the ordinary course of business and that, at the time of such acquisition, he did not have any agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the shares.  

(15)

Number of shares being offered includes 25,500 shares subject to presently exercisable Series A-2 warrants obtained in the Private Placements.

(16)

Number of shares being offered includes 83,472 shares subject to presently exercisable placement agent warrants. Mr. Balk has advised the Company that he is an affiliate of Pali Capital, a broker-dealer. We do not have any arrangement with Pali Capital for it to act as a broker-dealer for the sale of the shares included herein for the selling stockholders. Mr. Balk has represented to us that he acquired the shares in the ordinary course of business and that, at the time of such acquisition, he did not have any agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the shares.  

(17)

Number of shares being offered includes 17,725 shares subject to presently exercisable Series A and A-2 warrants obtained in the Private Placements and 90,000 shares subject to presently exercisable placement agent warrants. Mr. Abrams has advised the Company that he is an affiliate of Pali Capital, a broker-dealer. We do not have any arrangement with Pali Capital for it to act as a broker-dealer for the sale of the shares included herein for the selling stockholders. Mr. Abrams has represented to us that he acquired the shares in the ordinary course of business and that, at the time of such acquisition, he did not have any agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the shares.  

(18)

Number of shares being offered includes 50,500 shares subject to presently exercisable Series A-2 warrants obtained in the Private Placements.

(19)

Number of shares being offered includes 68,242 shares subject to presently exercisable Series A and A-2 warrants obtained in the Private Placements and 226,000 shares subject to presently exercisable placement agent warrants. Mr. Liss has advised the Company that he is an affiliate of Pali Capital, a broker-dealer. We do not have any arrangement with Pali Capital for it to act as a broker-dealer for the sale of the shares included herein for the selling stockholders. Mr. Liss has represented to us that he acquired the shares in the ordinary course of business and that, at the time of such acquisition, he did not have any agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the shares.  

(20)

Number of shares being offered includes 620,379 shares subject to presently exercisable Series A and A-2 warrants obtained in the Private Placements. North Sound Capital LLC (“North Sound”) acts as the managing member of North Sound Legacy Institutional Fund LLC (“Institutional”). As the managing member or investment advisor of Institutional, North Sound has voting and investment control with respect to the securities held by Institutional. Thomas McAuley is the Manager of North Sound. Although each of North Sound and Mr. McAuley may be deemed the beneficial owner of the shares held by Institutional, neither owns such shares directly. Each of Institutional and Mr. McAuley disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Institutional except to the extent of their respective economic interests in Institutional.

(21)

Number of shares being offered includes 3,810,910 shares subject to presently exercisable Series A and A-2 warrants obtained in the Private Placements. North Sound Capital LLC (“North Sound”) acts as the managing member of North Sound Legacy International Fund Ltd. (“International”). As the managing member or investment advisor of International, North Sound has voting and investment control with respect to the securities held by International. Thomas McAuley is the Manager of North Sound. Although each of North Sound and Mr. McAuley may be deemed the beneficial owner of the shares held by International, neither owns such shares directly. Each of International and Mr. McAuley disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by International except to the extent of their respective economic interests in International.



69



(22)

Number of shares being offered includes 884,990 shares subject to presently exercisable Series A and A-2 warrants obtained in the Private Placements. Highbridge Capital Management, LLC (“Highbridge”) is the trading manager of Smithfield Fiduciary LLC (“Smithfield”) and has voting control and investment discretion over the securities held by Smithfield. Glenn Dubin and Henry Swieca control Highbridge and have voting control and investment discretion over the securities held by Smithfield. Each of Highbridge, Glenn Dubin and Henry Swieca disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities held by Smithfield.

(23)

Number of shares being offered includes 4,158,769 shares subject to presently exercisable Series A and A-2 warrants obtained in the Private Placements. Vicis Capital LLC manages Vicis Capital Master Fund. Shad L. Stastney, John D. Succo, and Sky M. Lucas are the members Vicis Capital LLC. Vicis Capital LLC and Messrs. Stastney, Succo, and Lucas disclaim beneficial ownership in the securities held by Vicis Capital Master Fund except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein.


Additional Disclosure

Proceeds to the Company; Payments Made or Required to Selling Stockholders

The following table sets forth the gross and net proceeds to the Company from the September 2007 private placement and payments made or required to the selling stockholders.


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Payments

 

Selling Stockholder

 

 

  Note  

 

Gross
Proceeds (1)

 

Next
Year (2 & 4)

 

Total (3 & 4)

 

Aziz Ahmad

     

 

 

     

$

50,000

     

$

4,966

     

$

8,324

 

Bamdad Bastani

 

 

 

 

 

75,000

 

 

7,449

 

 

12,487

 

Brad Reifler

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CCM Master Qualified Fund Ltd

 

 

 

 

 

1,000,000

 

 

99,318

 

 

166,492

 

Dan Schneiderman

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David W. Robinson

 

 

 

 

 

112,000

 

 

11,124

 

 

18,647

 

David & Susan Wilstein, as Trustees of the Century Trust

 

 

 

 

 

100,000

 

 

9,931

 

 

16,649

 

DERS Associates L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

300,000

 

 

29,795

 

 

49,947

 

Edwin F. Heinen

 

 

 

 

 

125,000

 

 

12,415

 

 

20,812

 

Hilary Bergman

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jack Gilbert

 

 

 

 

 

200,000

 

 

19,864

 

 

33,299

 

Jason Adelman

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Joseph Laezza

 

 

 

 

 

25,500

 

 

2,533

 

 

4,246

 

Matthew Balk

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Abrams

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Brandofino

 

 

 

 

 

50,500

 

 

5,016

 

 

8,408

 

Michael Liss

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

North Sound Legacy Institutional Fund LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

North Sound Legacy International Fund Ltd.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smithfield Fiduciary LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vicis Capital Master Fund

 

 

 

 

 

1,500,000

 

 

148,978

 

 

249,739

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,538,000

 

 

351,389

 

 

589,050

 

Cash fees and expenses

 

 

 

 

 

307,643

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-cash warrants issued in connection with transaction

 

 

 

 

 

331,564

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net proceeds

 

 

 

 

$

2,898,793

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note 1 – Entire principal amount is due on March 31, 2009.

Note 2 – Interest payments due from September 22, 2007 through September 21, 2008.

Note 3 – Reflects the total interest payments due over the life of the Senior Secured Notes issued on September 21, 2007.

Note 4 – Assumes that no interest payments are made and additional Senior Secured Notes are issued.

Note 5 – Affiliated with Burnham Hill Partners.

The Company received net cash proceeds in the September 2007 private placement of approximately $3.2 million ($3,538,000 less $283,000 paid to Burnham Hill Partners, in exchange for their services as the Company's placement agent, and less approximately $25,000 paid in legal fees relating to the transaction). The Company also issued placement agent warrants to assignees of Burnham Hill Partners with a Black-Scholes value of $331,564 in connection with the September 2007 private placement.




70



Potential Profits from Conversion/Exercise of the September Notes and Warrants

The following table shows the total possible profit (or loss) to be realized as a result of any conversion/exercise discounts for securities underlying the Senior Secured Notes and warrants issued in the September 2007 private placement to the selling stockholders or any affiliates of the selling stockholders. Since the exercise price of the warrants exceeds the market price (identified below), any profit is determined by the extent the future market price exceeds the exercise price.


 

 

 

 

 

2007 Senior Secured Notes (3)

 

Warrants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling Stockholder

 

Market
Price (4)

 

Conv.
Price

 

Note
Shares

 

Interest
Shares (1)

 

Exercise
Price (2)

 

Shares

 

Total
Shares

 

Combined
Market
Price

 

Combined Conversion Exercise Price

 

Discount (Premium) To the Market Price

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Aziz Ahmad

 

$

0.43

 

$

0.50

 

 

100,000

 

 

16,648

 

$

0.65

 

 

50,000

 

 

166,648

 

$

71,659

 

$

90,824

 

$

(19,165

)

Bamdad Bastani

 

 

0.43

 

 

0.50

 

 

150,000

 

 

24,974

 

 

0.65

 

 

75,000

 

 

249,974

 

 

107,489

 

 

136,237

 

 

(28,748

)

CCM Master Qualified
Fund Ltd

 

 

0.43

 

 

0.50

 

 

2,000,000

 

 

332,984

 

 

0.65

 

 

1,000,000

 

 

3,332,984

 

 

1,433,183

 

 

1,816,492

 

 

(383,309

)

David W. Robinson

 

 

0.43

 

 

0.50

 

 

224,000

 

 

37,294

 

 

0.65

 

 

112,000

 

 

373,294

 

 

160,516

 

 

203,447

 

 

(42,931

)

David & Susan Wilstein, as Trustees of the Century Trust

 

 

0.43

 

 

0.50

 

 

200,000

 

 

33,298

 

 

0.65

 

 

100,000

 

 

333,298

 

 

143,318

 

 

181,649

 

 

(38,331

)

DERS Associates L.P.

 

 

0.43

 

 

0.50

 

 

600,000

 

 

99,894

 

 

0.65

 

 

300,000

 

 

999,894

 

 

429,954

 

 

544,947

 

 

(114,993

)

Edwin F. Heinen

 

 

0.43

 

 

0.50

 

 

250,000

 

 

41,624

 

 

0.65

 

 

125,000

 

 

416,624

 

 

179,148

 

 

227,062

 

 

(47,914

)

Jack Gilbert

 

 

0.43

 

 

0.50

 

 

400,000

 

 

66,598

 

 

0.65

 

 

200,000

 

 

666,598

 

 

286,637

 

 

363,299

 

 

(76,662

)

Joseph Laezza

 

 

0.43

 

 

0.50

 

 

51,000

 

 

8,492

 

 

0.65

 

 

25,500

 

 

84,992

 

 

36,547

 

 

46,321

 

 

(9,774

)

Michael Brandofino

 

 

0.43

 

 

0.50

 

 

101,000

 

 

16,816

 

 

0.65

 

 

50,500

 

 

168,316

 

 

72,376

 

 

91,733

 

 

(19,357

)

Vicis Capital
Master Fund

 

 

0.43

 

 

0.50

 

 

3,000,000

 

 

499,478

 

 

0.65

 

 

1,500,000

 

 

4,999,478

 

 

2,149,776

 

 

2,724,739

 

 

(574,963

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,076,000

 

 

1,178,100

 

 

 

 

 

3,538,000

 

 

11,792,100

 

$

5,070,603

 

$

6,426,750

 

$

(1,356,147

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note 1 –

Assumes that no interest payments are made and additional Senior Secured Notes are issued as payment of interest.

Note 2 –

Weighted average exercise price

Note 3 --

On September 21, 2007 we issued $3,538,000 of Senior Secured Notes with a conversion price of $0.50, 3,538,000 Series A-2 warrants with an exercise price of $0.65 and 598,000 Placement agent warrants. Included in the issuable shares are $1,110,193 of additional Senior Secured Notes issued in payment of interest through December 1, 2007.

Note 4 –

Closing market price on January 8, 2008, which is approximately when the Company filed ists last amendment prior to the registration statement being declared effective.


Comparison of Company Proceeds from September Private Placement to Potential Investor Profit

The following table shows the gross proceeds paid to the Company, all cash and non-cash payments and interest that have been made or may be required to be paid by the Company, the net proceeds to the Company and the combined total possible profit to the selling shareholders.


Date Issued

     

Gross Proceeds to

Company from

Senior Secured Notes

     

Transaction

Fees and Interest

Payments (1)

     

Net
Proceeds

     

Combined Total

Possible Profit

From Conversion

Senior Secured Notes

     

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 21, 2007

     

$

3,538,000

     

$

1,228,257

     

$

2,309,743

     

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note 1 – Assumes that no interest payments are made and additional Senior Secured Notes are issued as payment for interest.




71




Total payments and discounts to market

     

$

1,228,257

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds to Company

 

$

2,309,743

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of the total amount of all possible payments divided by the net proceeds
to the issuer from the sale of the 2007 Senior Secured Notes

 

 

53.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of the above averaged over the term of the 2007 Senior Secured Notes

 

 

35.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

The total possible discount (premium) to the market price of the shares underlying
the 2007 Senior Secured Notes divided by the net proceeds to the issuer from the sale of the 2007 Senior Secured Notes

 

 

(43.4

)%

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of the above averaged over the term of the 2007 Senior Secured Notes

 

 

(28.9

)%

Potential Profits from Conversion/Exercise of the Senior Secured Notes and Warrants issued in 2006 and issued in connection with Amending the Terms Thereof

The following table shows the total possible profit (or loss) to be realized as a result of any conversion/exercise discounts for securities underlying the Senior Secured Notes and warrants issued in the March and April 2006 private placement and issued in connection with amending the terms thereof to the selling stockholders or any affiliates of the selling stockholders. Since the exercise price of the warrants exceeds the market price (identified below), any profit is determined by the extent the future market price exceeds the exercise price.

 

 

 

 

 

2006 Senior Secured Notes (3)

 

Warrants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling Stockholder

 

Market Price (4)

 

Conv. Price

 

Note Shares

 

Interest Shares (1)

 

Exercise Price (2)

 

Shares(5)

 

Total Shares

 

Combined
Market
Price

 

Combined
Conversion
Exercise
Price

 

Discount (Premium) To the Market Price

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Brad Reifler

 

$

0.46

 

$

0.50

 

 

19,000

 

 

4,616

 

$

0.65

 

 

16,836

 

 

40,452

 

$

18,608

 

$

22,751

 

$

(4,143

)

CCM Master Qualified Fund Ltd

 

 

0.46

 

 

0.50

 

 

3,000,000

 

 

729,225

 

 

0.65

 

 

2,658,769

 

 

6,387,994

 

 

2,938,477

 

 

3,592,812

 

 

(654,335

)

Hilary Bergman

 

 

0.46

 

 

0.50

 

 

19,000

 

 

4,616

 

 

0.65

 

 

16,836

 

 

40,452

 

 

18,608

 

 

22,751

 

 

(4,143

)

Jason Adelman

 

 

0.46

 

 

0.50

 

 

225,000

 

 

54,671

 

 

0.65

 

 

199,375

 

 

479,046

 

 

220,361

 

 

269,429

 

 

(49,068

)

Michael Abrams

 

 

0.46

 

 

0.50

 

 

20,000

 

 

4,861

 

 

0.65

 

 

17,725

 

 

42,586

 

 

19,590

 

 

23,952

 

 

(4,362

)

Michael Liss

 

 

0.46

 

 

0.50

 

 

77,000

 

 

18,717

 

 

0.65

 

 

68,242

 

 

163,959

 

 

75,421

 

 

92,216

 

 

(16,795

)

North Sound Legacy Institutional Fund LLC

 

 

0.46

 

 

0.50

 

 

700,000

 

 

170,152

 

 

0.65

 

 

620,379

 

 

1,490,531

 

 

685,644

 

 

838,322

 

 

(152,678

)

North Sound Legacy International Fund LLC

 

 

0.46

 

 

0.50

 

 

4,300,000

 

 

1,045,223

 

 

0.65

 

 

3,810,901

 

 

9,156,124

 

 

4,211,817

 

 

5,149,697

 

 

(937,880

)

Smithfield Fiduciary LLC

 

 

0.46

 

 

0.50

 

 

1,000,000

 

 

242,278

 

 

0.65

 

 

884,990

 

 

2,127,268

 

 

978,543

 

 

1,196,383

 

 

(217,840

)

Vicis Capital Master Fund

 

 

0.46

 

 

0.50

 

 

3,000,000

 

 

729,225

 

 

0.65

 

 

2,658,769

 

 

6,387,994

 

 

2,938,477

 

 

3,592,812

 

 

(654,335

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,360,000

 

 

3,003,584

 

 

 

 

 

10,952,822

 

 

26,316,406

 

$

12,105,546

 

$

14,801,125

 

$

(2,695,579

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note 1 –

Assumes that no interest payments are made and additional Senior Secured Notes are issued as payment of interest.

Note 2 –

Weighted average exercise price.

Note 3 –

On March 31, 2006 and April 12, 2006 we issued $6,180,000 of Senior Secured Notes with a conversion price of $0.50, 6,180,000 Series A warrants with an exercise price of $0.65 and 598,000 placement agent warrants. Included in the issuable shares are $1,110,193 of additional Senior Secured Notes issued in payment of interest through December 1, 2007.

Note 4 –

Closing market price as reported on the Pink Sheets on April 12, 2006, the closing price on the final closing date of the financing, and, with regard to the warrants issued in September 2007 (see Note 5 below), the closing price as of December 12, 2007. The closing market price on January 8, 2008 was $0.43, which would increases the premium to the market price from $2,695,579 to $3,485,072.

Note 5 –

Includes 4,772,822 warrants issued on September 21, 2007 in consideration for, among other things, amending all outstanding Senior Secured Notes to extend their maturity date to March 31, 2009.



72



Prior Securities Transactions Between the Company and the Selling Stockholders or Affiliates of the Selling Stockholders

The following table sets forth all prior securities transactions between the Company and the selling stockholders, any affiliates of such selling stockholders or any person with whom any selling stockholder has a contractual relationship regarding such securities transactions. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a selling stockholder and the percentage of ownership of that selling stockholder, we have included all shares of common stock owned or beneficially owned by that selling stockholder without taking into account the applicable 4.9% or 9.9% contractual limitations on conversion and exercise.

Selling
Stockholder

 

 

Note

 

Date of
Transaction

 

 

Number
Shares of
Common
Stock

 

Number
of
shares of
Common
Stock
Outstanding
Prior to the
Transaction
(excluding
Selling
Shareholders,
Affiliates
and Affiliates
of Selling
Shareholders)

 

Number of
Shares of
Common
Stock
Issued
or Issuable
Pursuant
to the

 

Percentage
Of Total
Issued and
Outstanding
Securities
(excluding
Selling
Shareholders,
Affiliates
and Affiliates
Of Selling
Shareholders)
Issued or
Issuable
in the
Transaction

 

Market
Price
Per Share
Of Common
Stock
Prior to the
Transaction

 

Current
Market
Price

 

Jason Adelman

     

 

1

     

6/14/2000

     

 

16,729,496

     

 

13,113,965

     

 

30,500

     

 

0.2

%     

$

6.01

     

$

0.55

 

Eric Singer

 

 

1

 

6/14/2000

 

 

16,729,496

 

 

13,113,965

 

 

7,001

 

 

0.1

%

 

6.01

 

 

0.55

 

Matthew Balk

 

 

1

 

6/14/2000

 

 

16,729,496

 

 

13,113,965

 

 

41,686

 

 

0.3

%

 

6.01

 

 

0.55

 

Vicis Capital Master Fund

 

 

1

 

6/14/2000

 

 

16,729,496

 

 

13,113,965

 

 

80,886

 

 

0.6

%

 

6.01

 

 

0.55

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jack Gilbert

 

 

2

 

8/8/2001

 

 

21,280,658

 

 

17,665,127

 

 

54,800

 

 

0.3

%

 

5.54

 

 

0.55

 

Eric Singer

 

 

2

 

8/8/2001

 

 

21,280,658

 

 

17,665,127

 

 

4,110

 

 

0.0

%

 

5.54

 

 

0.55

 

North Sound Legacy Institutional Fund LLC

 

 

2

 

8/8/2001

 

 

21,280,658

 

 

17,665,127

 

 

274,001

 

 

1.6

%

 

5.54

 

 

0.55

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eric Singer

 

 

3

 

8/8/2001

 

 

21,280,658

 

 

17,665,127

 

 

10,000

 

 

0.1

%

 

5.54

 

 

0.55

 

Matthew Balk

 

 

3

 

8/8/2001

 

 

21,280,658

 

 

17,665,127

 

 

10,000

 

 

0.1

%

 

5.54

 

 

0.55

 

Vicis Capital Master Fund

 

 

3

 

8/8/2001

 

 

21,280,658

 

 

17,665,127

 

 

117,000

 

 

0.7

%

 

5.54

 

 

0.55

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

North Sound Legacy Institutional Fund LLC

 

 

4

 

1/10/2002

 

 

25,306,476

 

 

21,690,945

 

 

875,000

 

 

4.0

%

 

6.32

 

 

0.55

 

Vicis Capital Master Fund

 

 

4

 

1/10/2002

 

 

25,306,476

 

 

21,690,945

 

 

469,875

 

 

2.2

%

 

6.32

 

 

0.55

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jason Adelman

 

 

5

 

9/23/2002

 

 

28,903,090

 

 

25,205,698

 

 

25,000

 

 

0.1

%

 

1.93

 

 

0.55

 

Eric Singer

 

 

5

 

9/23/2002

 

 

28,903,090

 

 

25,205,698

 

 

2,500

 

 

0.0

%

 

1.93

 

 

0.55

 

Matthew Balk

 

 

5

 

9/23/2002

 

 

28,903,090

 

 

25,205,698

 

 

5,000

 

 

0.0

%

 

1.93

 

 

0.55

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jason Adelman

 

 

6

 

12/17/2002

 

 

28,903,090

 

 

25,205,698

 

 

37,000

 

 

0.1

%

 

2.80

 

 

0.55

 

Eric Singer

 

 

6

 

12/17/2002

 

 

28,903,090

 

 

25,205,698

 

 

3,000

 

 

0.0

%

 

2.80

 

 

0.55

 

Matthew Balk

 

 

6

 

12/17/2002

 

 

28,903,090

 

 

25,205,698

 

 

3,367

 

 

0.0

%

 

2.80

 

 

0.55

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

North Sound Legacy Institutional Fund LLC

 

 

7

 

12/17/2002

 

 

28,903,090

 

 

25,205,698

 

 

247,887

 

 

1.0

%

 

2.80

 

 

0.55

 

North Sound Legacy International Fund LLC

 

 

7

 

12/17/2002

 

 

28,903,090

 

 

25,205,698

 

 

233,447

 

 

0.9

%

 

2.80

 

 

0.55

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brad Reifler

 

 

8

 

9/23/2003

 

 

29,781,944

 

 

22,083,612

 

 

5,000

 

 

0.0

%

 

3.39

 

 

0.55

 

Hilary Bergman

 

 

8

 

9/23/2003

 

 

29,781,944

 

 

22,083,612

 

 

5,000

 

 

0.0

%

 

3.39

 

 

0.55

 

Matthew Balk

 

 

8

 

9/23/2003

 

 

29,781,944

 

 

22,083,612

 

 

55,000

 

 

0.2

%

 

3.39

 

 

0.55

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 




73




Selling
Stockholder

 

 

Note

 

Date of
Transaction

 

 

Number
Shares of
Common
Stock

 

Number
of
shares of
Common
Stock
Outstanding
Prior to the
Transaction
(excluding
Selling
Shareholders,
Affiliates
and Affiliates
of Selling
Shareholders)

 

Number of
Shares of
Common
Stock
Issued
or Issuable
Pursuant
to the

 

Percentage
Of Total
Issued and
Outstanding
Securities
(excluding
Selling
Shareholders,
Affiliates
and Affiliates
Of Selling
Shareholders)
Issued or
Issuable
in the
Transaction

 

Market
Price
Per Share
Of Common
Stock
Prior to the
Transaction

 

Current
Market
Price

 

Jack Gilbert

 

 

9

 

2/17/2004

 

 

30,829,136

 

 

23,130,804

 

 

39,000

 

 

0.2

%

 

2.66

 

 

0.55

 

Smithfield Fiduciary LLC

 

 

9

 

2/17/2004

 

 

30,829,136

 

 

23,130,804

 

 

130,000

 

 

0.6

%

 

2.66

 

 

0.55

 

Vicis Capital Master Fund

 

 

9

 

2/17/2004

 

 

30,829,136

 

 

23,130,804

 

 

520,000

 

 

2.2

%

 

2.66

 

 

0.55

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jason Adelman

 

 

10

 

2/17/2004

 

 

30,829,136

 

 

23,130,804

 

 

300,000

 

 

1.3

%

 

2.66

 

 

0.55

 

Brad Reifler

 

 

10

 

2/17/2004

 

 

30,829,136

 

 

23,130,804

 

 

19,400

 

 

0.1

%

 

2.66

 

 

0.55

 

Eric Singer

 

 

10

 

2/17/2004

 

 

30,829,136

 

 

23,130,804

 

 

14,250

 

 

0.1

%

 

2.66

 

 

0.55

 

Hilary Bergman

 

 

10

 

2/17/2004

 

 

30,829,136

 

 

23,130,804

 

 

19,400

 

 

0.1

%

 

2.66

 

 

0.55

 

Matthew Balk

 

 

10

 

2/17/2004

 

 

30,829,136

 

 

23,130,804

 

 

35,200

 

 

0.2

%

 

2.66

 

 

0.55

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CCM Master Qualified Fund Ltd

 

 

11

 

3/14/2005

 

 

37,945,720

 

 

24,772,273

 

 

2,333,334

 

 

9.4

%

 

1.77

 

 

0.55

 

North Sound Legacy Institutional Fund LLC

 

 

11

 

3/14/2005

 

 

37,945,720

 

 

24,772,273

 

 

261,333

 

 

1.1

%

 

1.77

 

 

0.55

 

North Sound Legacy International Fund LLC

 

 

11

 

3/14/2005

 

 

37,945,720

 

 

24,772,273

 

 

672,000

 

 

2.7

%

 

1.77

 

 

0.55

 

Smithfield Fiduciary LLC

 

 

11

 

3/14/2005

 

 

37,945,720

 

 

24,772,273

 

 

1,400,000

 

 

5.7

%

 

1.77

 

 

0.55

 

Vicis Capital Master Fund

 

 

11

 

3/14/2005

 

 

37,945,720

 

 

24,772,273

 

 

933,334

 

 

3.8

%

 

1.77

 

 

0.55

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brad Reifler

 

 

12

 

5/19/2005

 

 

46,045,715

 

 

35,160,143

 

 

5,000

 

 

0.0

%

 

1.28

 

 

0.55

 

Hilary Bergman

 

 

12

 

5/19/2005

 

 

46,045,715

 

 

35,160,143

 

 

5,000

 

 

0.0

%

 

1.28

 

 

0.55

 

Jason Adelman

 

 

12

 

5/19/2005

 

 

46,045,715

 

 

35,160,143

 

 

80,000

 

 

0.2

%

 

1.28

 

 

0.55

 

Michael Abrams

 

 

12

 

5/19/2005

 

 

46,045,715

 

 

35,160,143

 

 

10,000

 

 

0.0

%

 

1.28

 

 

0.55

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aziz Ahmad

 

 

13

 

Mar/Apr 2006

 

 

46,046,340

 

 

33,494,101

 

 

 

 

0.0

%

 

0.67

 

 

0.55

 

Bamdad Bastani

 

 

13

 

Mar/Apr 2006

 

 

46,046,340

 

 

33,494,101

 

 

 

 

0.0

%

 

0.67

 

 

0.55

 

Brad Reifler

 

 

13

 

Mar/Apr 2006

 

 

46,046,340

 

 

33,494,101

 

 

59,400

 

 

0.2

%

 

0.67

 

 

0.55

 

CCM Master Qualified Fund Ltd

 

 

13

 

Mar/Apr 2006

 

 

46,046,340

 

 

33,494,101

 

 

4,500,000

 

 

13.4

%

 

0.67

 

 

0.55

 

Dan Schneiderman

 

 

13

 

Mar/Apr 2006

 

 

46,046,340

 

 

33,494,101

 

 

 

 

0.0

%

 

0.67

 

 

0.55

 

David W. Robinson

 

 

13

 

Mar/Apr 2006

 

 

46,046,340

 

 

33,494,101

 

 

 

 

0.0

%

 

0.67

 

 

0.55

 

David & Susan Wilstein, as Trustees of the Century Trust

 

 

13

 

Mar/Apr 2006

 

 

46,046,340

 

 

33,494,101

 

 

 

 

0.0

%

 

0.67

 

 

0.55

 

DERS Associates L.P.

 

 

13

 

Mar/Apr 2006

 

 

46,046,340

 

 

33,494,101

 

 

 

 

0.0

%

 

0.67

 

 

0.55

 

Edwin F. Heinen

 

 

13

 

Mar/Apr 2006

 

 

46,046,340

 

 

33,494,101

 

 

 

 

0.0

%

 

0.67

 

 

0.55

 

Eric Singer

 

 

13

 

Mar/Apr 2006

 

 

46,046,340

 

 

33,494,101

 

 

20,000

 

 

0.1

%

 

0.67

 

 

0.55

 

Hilary Bergman

 

 

13

 

Mar/Apr 2006

 

 

46,046,340

 

 

33,494,101

 

 

59,400

 

 

0.2

%

 

0.67

 

 

0.55

 

Jack Gilbert

 

 

13

 

Mar/Apr 2006

 

 

46,046,340

 

 

33,494,101

 

 

 

 

0.0

%

 

0.67

 

 

0.55

 

Jason Adelman

 

 

13

 

Mar/Apr 2006

 

 

46,046,340

 

 

33,494,101

 

 

753,700

 

 

2.3

%

 

0.67

 

 

0.55

 

Joseph Laezza

 

 

13

 

Mar/Apr 2006

 

 

46,046,340

 

 

33,494,101

 

 

 

 

0.0

%

 

0.67

 

 

0.55

 

Matthew Balk

 

 

13

 

Mar/Apr 2006

 

 

46,046,340

 

 

33,494,101

 

 

40,000

 

 

0.1

%

 

0.67

 

 

0.55

 

Michael Abrams

 

 

13

 

Mar/Apr 2006

 

 

46,046,340

 

 

33,494,101

 

 

70,000

 

 

0.2

%

 

0.67

 

 

0.55

 

Michael Brandofino

 

 

13

 

Mar/Apr 2006

 

 

46,046,340

 

 

33,494,101

 

 

 

 

0.0

%

 

0.67

 

 

0.55

 

Michael Liss

 

 

13

 

Mar/Apr 2006

 

 

46,046,340

 

 

33,494,101

 

 

155,500

 

 

0.5

%

 

0.67

 

 

0.55

 

North Sound Legacy Institutional Fund LLC

 

 

13

 

Mar/Apr 2006

 

 

46,046,340

 

 

33,494,101

 

 

2,100,000

 

 

6.3

%

 

0.67

 

 

0.55

 

North Sound Legacy International Fund LLC

 

 

13

 

Mar/Apr 2006

 

 

46,046,340

 

 

33,494,101

 

 

5,400,000

 

 

16.1

%

 

0.67

 

 

0.55

 

Smithfield Fiduciary LLC

 

 

13

 

Mar/Apr 2006

 

 

46,046,340

 

 

33,494,101

 

 

1,500,000

 

 

4.5

%

 

0.67

 

 

0.55

 

Vicis Capital Master Fund

 

 

13

 

Mar/Apr 2006

 

 

46,046,340

 

 

33,494,101

 

 

4,500,000

 

 

13.4

%

 

0.67

 

 

0.55

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 




74



Note 1 – On June 14, 2000, we issued warrants to purchase 1,119,124 shares of our common stock at a price range of $7.00 to $10.50 per share in connection with the sale of preferred stock

Note 2 – On August 8, 2001, we issued 2,220,000 shares of common stock at $5.00 per share and warrants to purchase 814,001 shares of our common stock at $5.00 per share in a private placement

Note 3 – On August 8, 2001, we issued placement agent warrants to purchase 220,000 shares of our common stock at $5.00 per share in a private placement

Note 4 – On January 10, 2002, we issued 3,426,650 shares of common stock at $6.25 per share and warrants to purchase 864,375 shares of our common stock at $10.00 per share in a private placement

Note 5 – On September 23, 2002, we issued placement agent warrants to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock at $1.00 per share

Note 6 – On December 17, 2002, we issued placement agent warrants to purchase 40,733 shares of our common stock at a price of $.0001 per share

Note 7 – On December 17, 2002, we issued debentures that were convertible into 2,036,667 shares of common stock at $2.40 per share and warrants to purchase 814,668 shares of our common stock at a price of $3.25 in a private placement

Note 8 – On September 23, 2003, we issued placement agent warrants to purchase 100,000 shares of common stock at $2.50 per share

Note 9 – On February 17, 2004 we issued 6,100.000 shares of our common stock at $2.25 per share and warrants to purchase 1,830,000 shares of our common stock at $2.75 per share in a private placement

Note 10 – On February 17, 2004 we issued placement agent warrants to purchase 427,000 shares of common stock at $2.71 per share.

Note 11 – On March 14, 2005 we issued 6,766,667 shares of our common stock at $1.50 per share and warrants to purchase 2,706,667 shares of our common stock at $2.40 per share in a private placement

Note 12 – On May 19, 2005 we issued placement agent warrants to purchase 100,000 shares of common stock at $1.50 per share

Note 13 – On March 31, 2006 and April 12, 2006 we issued $6,180,000 of Senior Secured Notes with a conversion price of $0.50, 6,180,000 Series A warrants with an exercise price of $0.65 and 598,000 Placement agent warrants. Included in the issuable shares are $1,110,193 of additional Senior Secured Notes issued in payment of interest through December 1, 2007 and 3,141,710 warrants that were repriced to an exercise price of $0.65 from a weighted average exercise price of $3.38.

Note 14 – Includes common stock and warrants

Comparison of Registered Shares to Outstanding Shares

The following table sets forth:

·

the number of shares outstanding prior to the September Private Placement that are held by persons other than the selling shareholders, affiliates of the company, and affiliates of the selling shareholders;

·

the number of shares registered for resale by the selling shareholders or affiliates of the selling shareholders in prior registration statements;

·

the number of shares registered for resale by the selling shareholders or affiliates of the selling shareholders that continue to be held by the selling shareholders or affiliates of the selling shareholders;

·

the number of shares that have been sold in registered resale transactions by the selling shareholders or affiliates of the selling shareholders; and

·

the number of shares registered for resale on behalf of the selling shareholders or affiliates of the selling shareholders in. the current transaction.

In this analysis, the calculation of the number of outstanding shares does not include any securities underlying any outstanding convertible securities, options, or warrants.



75




Selling Stockholder

 

 

Number of
Shares of
Common Stock
Outstanding
Prior to the
Transaction
(excluding
Selling
Stockholders,
Affiliates and
Affiliates
Selling
Stockholders)

 

 

Number of
Shares of
Registered
By Resale
By Selling
Stockholders
In Prior
Registration

 

 

Number of
Shares of
Common Stock
Registered
for Resale
by Selling
Stockholder
in Prior
Registration
Statements
Still held by
the Selling
Stockholders (1)

 

 

Number of
Shares of
Common Stock
Sold in
Registered
Resale
Transactions
by the Selling
Stockholders

 

 

Number of
Shares of
Common Stock
Registered
for Resale
by Selling
Stockholder
in Current
Transactions

 

Aziz Ahmad

     

 

33,309,737

     

 

     

 

     

 

     

 

50,000

 

Bamdad Bastani

 

 

33,309,737

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

75,000

 

Brad Reifler

 

 

33,309,737

 

 

24,400

 

 

24,400

 

 

 

 

88,540

 

CCM Master Qualified Fund Ltd

 

 

33,309,737

 

 

2,333,334

 

 

2,333,334

 

 

 

 

3,658,769

 

Dan Schneiderman

 

 

33,309,737

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25,000

 

David W. Robinson

 

 

33,309,737

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

112,000

 

David & Susan Wilstein, as Trustees of the Century Trust

 

 

33,309,737

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100,000

 

DERS Associates L.P.

 

 

33,309,737

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

300,000

 

Edwin F. Heinen

 

 

33,309,737

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

125,000

 

Eric Singer

 

 

33,309,737

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,000

 

Hilary Bergman

 

 

33,309,737

 

 

24,400

 

 

24,400

 

 

 

 

88,540

 

Jack Gilbert

 

 

33,309,737

 

 

93,800

 

 

79,000

 

 

 

 

200,000

 

Jason Adelman

 

 

33,309,737

 

 

147,500

 

 

90,500

 

 

 

 

1,045,575

 

Joseph Laezza

 

 

33,309,737

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25,500

 

Matthew Balk

 

 

33,309,737

 

 

85,253

 

 

35,200

 

 

 

 

83,472

 

Michael Abrams

 

 

33,309,737

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

107,725

 

Michael Brandofino

 

 

33,309,737

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50,500

 

Michael Liss

 

 

33,309,737

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

294,242

 

North Sound Legacy Institutional Fund LLC

 

 

33,309,737

 

 

1,668,221

 

 

571,554

 

 

1,086,667

 

 

1,240,758

 

North Sound Legacy International Fund LLC

 

 

33,309,737

 

 

905,447

 

 

425,447

 

 

480,000

 

 

3,190,522

 

Smithfield Fiduciary LLC

 

 

33,309,737

 

 

1,530,000

 

 

430,000

 

 

1,100,000

 

 

884,990

 

Vicis Capital Master Fund

 

 

33,309,737

 

 

2,121,095

 

 

773,542

 

 

1,266,667

 

 

4,158,769

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,933,450

 

 

4,787,377

 

 

3,933,334

 

 

15,924,902

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note 1 – Includes warrants.

Company's Intention to Satisfy its Repayment Obligations

We have the option to pay the accrued interest for the Senior Secured Notes in cash or additional Senior Secured Notes. To date, all interest payments have been made by issuing additional Senior Secured Notes and we expect to continue that practice. The Company has every intention to make the required payments on all outstanding Senior Secured Notes, though its financial ability to do so is as yet undetermined. If, prior to maturity however, the closing bid price (as defined in the Senior Secured Notes) of the Company’s common stock exceeds $1.25 (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations and similar transactions) for twenty (20) consecutive trading days, the Senior Secured Notes will automatically convert into common stock at a conversion rate of $0.50 per share and the Company will not need to repay the outstanding principal and interest. If that does not occur, we will attempt to renegotiate the terms and maturity date and issue new debt or equity to repay the Senior Secured Notes.

Existing Short Positions by Selling Shareholders

Based upon information provided by the selling shareholders, to the best of management's knowledge, the Company is not aware of any of the selling shareholders having an existing short position in the Company's common stock.



76



Relationships and Arrangements Between the Company and Selling Shareholders and Affiliates

The Company hereby confirms that a description of the relationships and arrangements between and among those parties already is presented in the prospectus and that all agreements between and/or among those parties are included as exhibits to the registration statement by incorporation by reference.

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

The selling stockholders and any of their pledgees, donees, assignees and successors-in-interest may, from time to time, sell any or all of their shares of common stock registered hereunder on the OTCBB or any other stock exchange, market or trading facility on which the shares are traded or in private transactions. These sales may be at fixed or negotiated prices. The selling stockholders may use any one or more of the following methods when selling shares:

·

ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits investors;

·

block trades in which the broker-dealer will attempt to sell the shares as agent but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction;

·

purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by the broker-dealer for its account;

·

an exchange distribution in accordance with the rules of the applicable exchange;

·

pledge, hypothecation, or assignment of shares;

·

privately negotiated transactions;

·

settlement of short sales;

·

broker-dealers may agree with the selling stockholders to sell a specified number of such shares at a stipulated price per share;

·

a combination of any such methods of sale; and

·

any other method permitted pursuant to applicable law.

The selling stockholders may also sell shares under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”), if available, rather than under this prospectus.

Broker-dealers engaged by the selling stockholders may arrange for other brokers-dealers to participate in sales. Broker-dealers may receive commissions or discounts from the selling stockholders (or, if any broker-dealer acts as agent for the purchaser of shares, from the purchaser) in amounts to be negotiated. The selling stockholders do not expect these commissions and discounts to exceed what is customary in the types of transactions involved.

The selling stockholders may from time to time pledge or grant a security interest in some or all of their shares of common stock that are covered by this prospectus and, if they default in the performance of their secured obligations, the pledgees or secured parties may offer and sell such shares of common stock from time to time under this prospectus, or under an amendment to this prospectus under Rule 424(b)(3) or other applicable provision of the Securities Act amending the list of selling stockholders to include the pledgee, transferee or other successors in interest as selling stockholders under this prospectus.

Upon our company being notified in writing by a selling stockholder that any material arrangement has been entered into with a broker-dealer for the sale of common stock through a block trade, special offering, exchange distribution or secondary distribution or a purchase by a broker or dealer, a supplement to this prospectus will be filed, if required, pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act, disclosing (i) the name of each such selling stockholder and of the participating broker-dealer(s), (ii) the number of shares involved, (iii) the price at which such the shares of common stock were sold, (iv) the commissions paid or discounts or concessions allowed to such broker-dealer(s), where applicable, (v) that such broker-dealer(s) did not conduct any investigation to verify the information set out or incorporated by reference in this prospectus, and (vi) other facts material to the transaction.



77



The selling stockholders also may transfer the shares of common stock in other circumstances, in which case the transferees, pledgees or other successors in interest may be the selling beneficial owners for purposes of this prospectus.

The selling stockholders and any broker-dealers or agents that are involved in selling the shares may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of the Securities Act in connection with such sales. In such event, any commissions received by such broker-dealers or agents and any profit on the resale of the shares purchased by them may be deemed to be underwriting commissions or discounts under the Securities Act. Discounts, concessions, commissions and similar selling expenses, if any, that can be attributed to the sale of securities will be paid by the selling stockholder and/or the purchasers. Each of the selling stockholders has represented to the Company that it is not a broker-dealer, though Messrs. Abrams, Adelman, Balk, Bergman, Liss, Reifler, Singer and Schneiderman, holders of approximately1,753,094 shares of the offering, have advised the Company that they are affiliated with Pali Capital, a broker-dealer.

Each selling stockholder has represented and warranted to us that it acquired the securities subject to this registration statement in the ordinary course of such selling stockholder’s business and, at the time of its purchase of such securities such selling stockholder had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute any such securities.

We are required to pay our fees and expenses incident to the registration of the shares. We have agreed to indemnify the selling stockholders against certain losses, claims, damages and liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

We have advised each selling stockholder that it may not use shares registered on this registration statement to cover short sales of common stock made prior to the date on which this registration statement shall have been declared effective by the SEC. If a selling stockholder uses this prospectus for any sale of the common stock, it will be subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. The selling stockholders will be responsible to comply with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act and Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations thereunder promulgated, including, without limitation, Regulation M, as applicable to such selling stockholders in connection with resales of their respective shares under this registration statement.

None of our securities included in this offering may be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this Prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sales of any of common stock be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. This Prospectus is neither an offer to sell nor a solicitation of any offer to buy any of common stock included in this offering in any jurisdiction where that would not be permitted or legal.

Our securities may be considered “penny stock” under a Commission rule that imposes additional sales practice requirements on underwriters and broker-dealers who sell such securities to persons other than established customers and institutional accredited investors (generally institutions with assets in excess of $5 million). For transactions covered by the rule, the underwriter or broker-dealer must make a special suitability determination about the purchaser (which concerns financial and business sophistication previous investment experience and financial condition) and have received the purchaser’s written agreement to the transaction prior to the sale. Such underwriters or broker-dealers must also, prior to such sale, provide the customer with a risk disclosure document which identifies risks associated with investing in “penny stocks” and which describes the market therefor as well as a brief description of the broker-dealer’s obligations under certain “Penny Stock Rules” and rights and remedies available to customers under federal and state securities laws. The broker-dealer must obtain a signed and dated acknowledgment from its customer demonstrating that the customer has actually received the required risk disclosure document before the first transaction in penny stock. Consequently, such rules will affect the ability of the underwriter and any broker-dealers to sell our securities and will affect the ability of purchasers in this offering to sell their securities in the secondary market, if any.



78



State Securities - Blue Sky Laws

Transfer of our common stock may be restricted under the securities or securities regulations laws promulgated by various states and foreign jurisdictions, commonly referred to as “Blue Sky” laws. Absent compliance with such individual state laws, our common stock may not be traded in such jurisdictions. Because the securities registered hereunder have not been registered for resale under the Blue Sky laws of any state, the holders of such shares, and persons who desire to purchase them in any trading market that might develop in the future, should be aware that there may be significant state Blue-Sky law restrictions upon the ability of investors to sell the securities and of purchasers to purchase the securities. Accordingly, investors may not be able to liquidate their investments and should be prepared to hold the common stock for an indefinite period of time.

Selling stockholders may contact us directly to ascertain procedures necessary for compliance with Blue Sky Laws in the applicable states relating to sellers and/or purchasers of our shares of common stock.

Since November 27, 2007, the Company has been listed in certain manuals published by Mergent, Inc. (formerly Moody’s). This publication currently provides us with manual exemptions in approximately 38 states, as indicated in CCH Blue Sky Law Desk Reference at Section 6301 entitled “Standard Manuals Exemptions”, which states include Alaska, Arizona, Arkansas, Colorado, Connecticut, Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Hawaii, Idaho, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, Mississippi, Nebraska, Nevada, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, North Carolina, North Dakota, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South Dakota, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Washington, West Virginia and Wyoming. The “manual exemption” permits secondary trading of securities, such as those to be resold by selling stockholders under this registration statement. In these states, so long as we maintain our listing in Mergent, Inc., secondary trading of our common stock can occur without any filing, review or approval by state regulatory authorities in these states.

We currently do not intend to and may not be able to qualify securities for resale in other states which require shares to be qualified before they can be resold by our stockholders.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are not currently defending any suit or claim.

CHANGES OF ACCOUNTANTS

Amper, Politziner & Mattia, P.C. (“Amper”) has been our independent accounting firm since March 1, 2007, when we dismissed our former independent accounting firm, Eisner LLP (“Eisner”), in order to bring a fresh perspective following our restructuring and restatement efforts. On March 27, 2008, we filed our 2007 audited financial statements with our Annual Report on Form 10-K. On June 6, 2007, we filed our 2006 audited financial statements with our Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The reports of Eisner on the financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2005 did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion and were not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles. There were no disagreements with Eisner for the fiscal years ended 2004 and 2005 on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of Eisner, would have caused them to make reference thereto in their reports on the financial statements for such periods.

Each decision to change audit firms was recommended by the audit committee, which is composed entirely of independent, non-employee members of the board of directors, and approved by our board of directors.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2007 included in this prospectus have been audited by Amper, Politziner and Mattia, P.C., our current independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein and are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

LEGAL MATTERS

The law firm of Gibbons, P.C. has acted as our counsel and will be providing an opinion on the validity of the securities.



79



WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 (including the exhibits, schedules and amendments to the registration statement) under the Securities Act and the common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all the information included in the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered by this prospectus, please refer to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contracts or other document referred to in this prospectus are not necessarily complete and, where the contract or agreement or other document is an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement is qualified in all respects by the provisions of the exhibit, to which reference is now made.

We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. If anyone provides you with different information you should not rely on it as being authorized by us. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may have changed since that date. We will amend or supplement this prospectus as required by law.

We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and its rules and regulations. The Securities Exchange Act requires us to file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Copies of these periodic reports, proxy statements and other information can be inspected and copied at:

SEC Public Reference Room

100 F Street, N.E.

Washington, D.C. 20549

You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You may also obtain copies of any material we have filed with the SEC by mail at prescribed rates from:

Public Reference Section 

Securities and Exchange Commission

100 F Street N.E.

Washington, D.C. 20549

You may obtain these materials electronically by accessing the SEC’s website on the Internet at www.sec.gov.  

In addition, we make available, free of charge, on our internet website, our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to these reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file this material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. You may review these documents on our website at www.glowpoint.com



80



INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Page

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2007 and 2006

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2007 and 2006

F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006

F-4

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2007and 2006

F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-7

 

 




F-1



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Glowpoint, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Glowpoint, Inc and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropri­ate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Glowpoint, Inc as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended December 31, 2007, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming Glowpoint, Inc. and Subsidiaries will continue as a going concern. As more fully described in Note 2, the Company has a working capital deficiency and recurring net losses, and is in the process of seeking additional capital. The Company has not yet secured sufficient capital to fund its operations. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 2. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that may result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

As discussed in Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for uncertainty in income taxes in 2007. As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for stock-based compensation in 2006.


AMPER, POLITZINER & MATTIA, P.C.


March 24, 2008

Edison, New Jersey



F-2



GLOWPOINT, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except par value and shares)

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

2,312

 

$

2,153

 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $132 and
$121, respectively

 

 

2,546

 

 

2,748

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

348

 

 

327

 

Total current assets

 

 

5,206

 

 

5,228

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

2,692

 

 

2,762

 

Other assets

 

 

664

 

 

403

 

Total assets

 

$

8,562

 

$

8,393

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

1,575

 

$

1,957

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

1,427

 

 

1,906

 

Accrued sales taxes and regulatory fees

 

 

4,011

 

 

4,216

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

6,117

 

 

4,301

 

Senior Secured Notes, net of discount of $2,280

 

 

 

 

4,326

 

Customer deposits

 

 

713

 

 

102

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

330

 

 

288

 

Current portion of capital lease

 

 

125

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

14,298

 

 

17,096

 

Long term liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Senior Secured Notes, net of discount of $3,912

 

 

6,647

 

 

 

Senior Secured Notes held by Insider Purchasers - related parties,
net of discount of $221

 

 

226

 

 

 

Capital lease, less current portion

 

 

233

 

 

 

Total long term liabilities

 

 

7,106

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

21,404

 

 

17,096

 

Preferred stock:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $.0001 par value; 0 and 5,000,000 shares authorized and
redeemable; 0 and 120 Series B shares issued and outstanding (stated
value of $0 and $2,888; liquidation value of $0 and $3,735),
respectively

 

 

 

 

2,888

 

Preferred stock, $10,000 par value; 1,500 and 0 shares authorized and
redeemable; 475 and 0 Series C shares issued and outstanding recorded at
fair value (stated value and liquidation value of $4,748 and 0), respectively

 

 

4,330

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ deficit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $.0001 par value; 150,000,000 and 100,000,000
shares authorized; 47,629,564 and 46,389,564 shares issued;
46,064,673 and 46,349,673 shares outstanding, respectively

 

 

5

 

 

5

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

162,300

 

 

161,267

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(178,094

)

 

(172,623

)

 

 

 

(15,789

)

 

(11,351

)

Less: Treasury stock, 1,564,891 and 39,891 shares at cost, respectively

 

 

(1,383

)

 

(240

)

Total stockholders’ deficit

 

 

(17,172

)

 

(11,591

)

Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit

 

$

8,562

 

$

8,393

 


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



F-3



GLOWPOINT, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

Revenue

   

$

22,792

   

$

19,511

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

15,212

 

 

13,583

 

Gross margin

 

 

7,580

 

 

5,928

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

810

 

 

816

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

3,061

 

 

2,570

 

General and administrative

 

 

8,330

 

 

11,049

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

12,201

 

 

14,435

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(4,621

)

 

(8,507

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and other expense (income):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense, including $261 and $0, respectively, for
Insider Purchasers

 

 

6,043

 

 

3,969

 

Amortization of deferred financing costs, including $14 and $0,
respectively, for Insider Purchasers

 

 

531

 

 

389

 

Decrease in fair value of derivative financial instruments, including
$328 and $0, respectively, for Insider Purchasers

 

 

(5,665

)

 

(1,992

)

Interest income

 

 

(59

)

 

(83

)

Total interest and other expense, net

 

 

850

 

 

2,283

 

Net loss

 

 

(5,471

)

 

(10,790

)

Gain on redemption of preferred stock

 

 

799

 

 

 

Preferred stock dividends

 

 

(252

)

 

(347

)

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

 

$

(4,924

)

$

(11,137

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted

 

$

(0.11

)

$

(0.24

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted

 

 

46,735

 

 

46,242

 


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



F-4





GLOWPOINT, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

Years Ended December 31, 2007 and 2006

(In thousands)

 

 

Common

 

Additional
Paid In
Capital

 

Accumulated
Deficit

 

Deferred
Comp.

 

Treasury Stock

 

Total

 

Shares

 

Amount

Shares

 

Amount

Balance at January 1, 2006

   

 

46,086

   

 

5

   

 

160,219

   

 

(161,833

)

 

(556

)

 

40

 

 

(240

)

 

(2,405

)

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10,790

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10,790

)

Reclassification of deferred compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

(556

)

 

 

 

556

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation - restricted stock

   

 

364

   

 

   

 

354

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

354

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

473

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

473

 

Restricted stock compensation and modification of option terms related to restructuring

 

 

 

 

 

 

217

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

217

 

Forfeiture of restricted stock

 

 

(60

)

 

 

 

(45

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(45

)

Placement agent warrants – Senior Secured Notes

 

 

 

 

 

 

296

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

296

 

Warrant price and term modification – Senior Secured Notes, net of financing costs of $110

 

 

 

 

 

 

656

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

656

 

Preferred stock dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

(347

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(347

)

Balance at December 31, 2006

 

 

46,390

 

$

5

 

$

161,267

 

$

 (172,623

)

$

  —

 

 

40

 

$

 (240

)

$

 (11,591

)

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,471

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,471

)

Stock-based compensation - restricted stock

 

 

1,160

 

 

 

 

360

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

360

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

480

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

480

 

Issuance of restricted stock for consulting services

 

 

80

 

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31

 

Treasury stock received and costs incurred in connection with Series C convertible preferred stock exchange

 

 

 

 

 

 

(89

)

 

 

 

 

 

1,525

 

 

(1,143

)

 

(1,232

)

Gain on redemption of preferred stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

799

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

799

 

Reclassification of placement agent warrants – Senior Secured Notes

 

 

 

 

 

 

(296

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(296

)

Preferred stock dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

(252

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(252

)

Balance at December 31, 2007

 

 

47,630

 

$

  5

 

$

162,300

 

$

 (178,094

)

$

  —

 

 

1,565

 

$

 (1,383

)

$

 (17,172

)


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



F-5





GLOWPOINT, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

Cash flows from Operating Activities:

   

 

        

   

 

        

 

Net loss

 

$

(5,471

)

$

(10,790

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

1,467

 

 

1,947

 

Amortization of deferred financing costs

 

 

531

 

 

389

 

Beneficial conversion feature for Senior Secured Notes

 

 

1,977

 

 

1,850

 

Accretion of discount on Senior Secured Notes

 

 

2,881

 

 

1,359

 

Loss on disposal of equipment

 

 

14

 

 

169

 

Expense recognized for the decrease in the estimated fair value
of derivative financial instruments

 

 

(5,665

)

 

(1,992

)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

871

 

 

781

 

Increase (decrease) in cash attributable to changes in assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

.

 

 

202

 

 

(577

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

(21

)

 

183

 

Other assets

 

 

41

 

 

205

 

Accounts payable

 

 

(382

)

 

368

 

Accrued expenses, sales taxes and regulatory fees

 

 

1,024

 

 

1,497

 

Customer deposits

 

 

611

 

 

3

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

42

 

 

(86

)

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(1,878

)

 

(4,694

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from Investing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

 

(1,053

)

 

(761

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(1,053

)

 

(761

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of Senior Secured Notes, including $400
and $0 from Insider Purchasers and net of financing costs of
$308 and $595, respectively

 

 

3,230

 

 

5,585

 

Costs incurred in extension of maturity date of Senior Secured
Notes and Series C convertible preferred stock exchange

 

 

(140

)

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

3,090

 

 

5,585

 

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

159

 

 

130

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

 

2,153

 

 

2,023

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

$

2,312

 

$

2,153

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplement disclosures of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the year for interest

 

$

5

 

$

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-cash investing and financing:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock dividends

 

$

252

 

$

347

 

Capital lease used to acquire network equipment

 

 

358

 

 

 

Additional Senior Secured Notes issued as payment for interest
including $9 and $0, respectively, for Insider Purchasers

 

 

862

 

 

426

 

Deferred financing costs for Senior Secured Notes incurred by
issuance of placement agent warrants

 

 

417

 

 

296

 


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



F-6





NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2007 and 2006

Note 1 - The Business

Glowpoint, Inc. ("Glowpoint" or "we" or "us" or “the Company”), a Delaware corporation, is a premiere broadcast-quality, IP (Internet Protocol)-based managed video services provider. Our mission is to improve the ease-of-use, cost-effectiveness, functionality, and quality of existing video communications in order to make it an integral and ubiquitous part of everyday business and personal communications. We believe video communications should be as easy and spontaneous to use as your telephone, but with the power of face-to-face communication. The Company operates in one segment and therefore segment information is not presented.

We view our services as analogous to cellular service providers in the cellular telephone industry. Regardless of the cellular phone purchased, users must select a cellular service provider to make it work. Users make that service decision based on the features, reliability and price offered by the service provider. In our industry, regardless of the video conferencing equipment purchased, Glowpoint provides the managed video services to make it work. In doing so, we offer a vast array of managed video services, including video application services, managed network services, IP and ISDN videoconferencing services, multi-point conferencing (bridging), technology hosting and management, and professional services. We provide these services to a wide variety of companies, from large enterprises and governmental entities to small and medium-sized businesses. Glowpoint is exclusively focused on high quality two-way video communications and has been supporting millions of video calls since its launch in 2000. We have bundled some of our managed services to offer video communication solutions for broadcast/media content acquisition and for video call center applications. With the advent of HD (High Definition) Telepresence solutions, we have combined various components of our features and services into a comprehensive “white glove” service offering that can support virtually any of the telepresence solutions on the market today.

Note 2 - Basis of Presentation, Liquidity and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Going concern

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern. We have incurred recurring operating losses and negative operating cash flows since our inception including a net loss attributable to common stockholders of $4,924,000 and negative operating cash flows of $1,878,000 for the year ended December 31, 2007. The Company performed an evaluation of its long-lived assets, however, and determined that there is an excess of projected cash flow over the long-lived carrying amount. Therefore, the Company believes that no impairment losses were required. At December 31, 2007, we had cash and cash equivalents of $2,312,000, a working capital deficit of $9,092,000 and an accumulated deficit of $178,094,000. These factors raise substantial doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern. In 2006 we commenced a restructuring of the current business (see Note 16). We raised capital in March and April 2006 and September 2007, but continue to sustain losses and negative operating cash flows. Assuming we realize all of the savings from our restructured operating activities and assuming we are able to negotiate favorable terms with the authorities regarding our sales and use taxes and regulatory fees, we believe that our available capital as of December 31, 2007 will enable us to continue as a going concern during 2008. There are no assurances, however, that those assumptions will be realized. The accompanying consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from this uncertainty.  

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Glowpoint and our wholly-owned subsidiary, GP Communications, LLC. All material inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Reclassifications

Certain amounts primarily related to customer deposits from 2006 have been reclassified to conform to the 2007 presentation.



F-7





Use of Estimates

Preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual amounts could differ from the estimates made. We continually evaluate estimates used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements for reasonableness. Appropriate adjustments, if any, to the estimates used are made prospectively based upon such periodic evaluation. The significant areas of estimation include determining the allowance for doubtful accounts, deferred tax valuation allowance, accrued sales taxes, regulatory fees and related penalties and interest, the estimated life of customer relationships, the estimated lives and recoverability of property and equipment, the fair value of derivative financial instruments and the valuation of our Series C convertible preferred stock.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers. We record an allowance for doubtful accounts based on specifically identified amounts that are believed to be uncollectible. We also record additional allowances based on certain percentages of our aged receivables, which are determined based on historical experience and an assessment of the general financial conditions affecting our customer base. If our actual collections experience changes, revisions to our allowance may be required. After all attempts to collect a receivable have failed, the receivable is written off against the allowance. We do not obtain collateral from our customers to secure accounts receivable.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize subscription revenue when the related services have been performed. Revenue billed in advance is deferred until the revenue has been earned. Other service revenue, including amounts related to surcharges charged by our carriers, related to the Glowpoint managed network service and the multi-point video and audio bridging services are recognized as service is provided. As the non-refundable, upfront activation fees charged to the subscribers do not meet the criteria as a separate unit of accounting, they are deferred and recognized over the twenty-four month period estimated life of the customer relationship.  Revenue related to integration services is recognized at the time the services are performed, and presented in accordance with EITF 99-19 “Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal Versus Net as an Agent”. Revenues derived from other sources are recognized when services are provided or events occur.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid debt instruments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, and trade accounts receivable. We place our cash and cash equivalents primarily in commercial checking accounts and money market funds. Commercial bank balances may from time to time exceed federal insurance limits; money market funds are uninsured.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost and are depreciated over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which range from two to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of either the asset's useful life or the related lease term. Depreciation is computed on the straight-line method for financial reporting purposes. Property and equipment include fixed assets subject to capital leases which are depreciated over the life of the respective asset.



F-8





Long-Lived Assets

We evaluate impairment losses on long-lived assets used in operations, primarily fixed assets, when events and circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets might not be recoverable in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 144 “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets”. For purposes of evaluating the recoverability of long-lived assets, the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are compared to the carrying amounts of those assets. If and when the carrying values of the assets exceed their fair values, the related assets will be written down to fair value. In the 2007 and 2006 years, no impairment losses were indicated or recorded.

Income Taxes

We use the asset and liability method to determine our income tax expense or benefit. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are computed based on temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates that are expected to be in effect when the differences are expected to recovered or settled. Any resulting net deferred tax assets are evaluated for recoverability and, accordingly, a valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

Earnings (Loss) per Share

Basic loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted loss per share for 2007 and 2006 is the same as basic loss per share. Potential shares of common stock associated with 27,188,000 and 19,849,000, respectively, outstanding options and warrants, 0 and 1,875,000, respectively, shares issuable upon conversion of our Series B convertible preferred stock, 4,748,000 and 0, respectively, shares issuable upon conversion of our Series C convertible preferred stock and 22,012,000 and 13,214,000 respectively, shares issuable upon conversion of the Senior Secured Notes have been excluded from the calculation of diluted loss per share because the effects, as a result of our net loss, would be anti-dilutive.

Stock-based Compensation

We periodically grant stock options to employees and directors in accordance with the provisions of our stock option plans, with the exercise price of the stock options being set at the closing market price of the common stock on the date of grant. Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Standards No. 123R, Share-Based Payment (“SFAS No. 123R”) which requires that compensation cost relating to share-based payment transactions be recognized as an expense in the consolidated financial statements and that measurement of that cost be based on the estimated fair value of the equity or liability instrument issued. Under SFAS No. 123R, the pro forma disclosures previously permitted under SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (“SFAS No. 123”) are no longer an alternative to financial statement recognition. SFAS No. 123R also requires that forfeitures be estimated and recorded over the vesting period of the instrument.

The intrinsic value of options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $26,000 and $0, respectively. There were no options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2007.

The remaining unrecognized stock-based compensation expense at December 31, 2007 was $406,000 and will be amortized over a weighted average life of 1.25 years.

The weighted average fair value of each option granted is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006:

 

 

2007

 

2006

Risk free interest rate

   

4.6%

   

4.8%

Expected option lives

 

5 Years

 

5 Years

Expected volatility

 

98.4%

 

95.4%

Estimated forfeiture rate

 

10%

 

20%

Expected dividend yields

 

None

 

None

Weighted average grant date fair value of options

 

$0.45

 

$0.30




F-9





Expected volatility was calculated using the historical volatility of the appropriate industry sector index. The expected term of the options is estimated based on the Company’s historical exercise rate and forfeiture rates are estimated based on employment termination experience. The risk free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury yields for securities in effect at the time of grants with terms approximating the term of the grants. The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option valuation model are highly subjective, and can materially affect the resulting valuation.

Fair value of Financial Instruments

Financial instruments reported in our consolidated balance sheet consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable, the carrying value of which approximated fair value at December 31, 2007 and 2006 due to the short-term nature of these instruments.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company’s objectives in using debt-related derivative financial instruments are to obtain the lowest cash cost source of funds within a targeted range of variable-to fixed-rate debt obligations. Derivatives are recognized in the consolidated balance sheets at fair value based on the criteria specified in SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”. The estimated fair value of the derivative liabilities is calculated using the Black-Scholes method where applicable and such estimates are revalued at each balance sheet date, with changes in value recorded as other income or expense in the consolidated statement of operations.

Software Development Costs

The Company incurs costs for the development of its “Customer Connect” software that is to be sold, leased or licensed to third parties in the future. All software development costs have been appropriately accounted for in accordance with SFAS 86 “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased or Otherwise Marketed”. Software development costs are required to be capitalized when a product’s technological feasibility has been established by completion of a detailed program design or working model of the product, and ending when a product is available for release to customers. The Company capitalized $139,000 and $49,000 of software development costs for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Software development costs are being amortized over 24 months beginning in September 2007, when the product became available for general release to customers and the capitalization of software costs ceased. For the year ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, we amortized $31,000 and $0, respectively, to cost of revenues. As of December 31, 2007, there was $157,000 of unamortized capitalized software costs. The Company did not capitalize any costs related to the purchase of software and related technologies and content.

Deferred Financing Costs

The costs incurred when undertaking financing activities, excluding any internal costs, have been capitalized and are amortized using the effective interest method over the term of the financing. Amortization of deferred financing costs was $531,000 and $389,000 for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are $635,000 and $392,000, respectively, of deferred financing costs.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, "Fair Value Measurements", to define fair value, establish a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and expand disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 will be effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company is assessing the impact the adoption of SFAS No. 157 will have on the Company's financial position and results of operations.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159 “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities”. SFAS No. 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected are reported in earnings. SFAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company is currently assessing the impact of SFAS No. 159 on its financial position and results of operations.



F-10





In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007) (“SFAS No. 141 (R)”), “Business Combinations (SFAS No. 141(R))”. SFAS No. 141(R) revises SFAS No. 141 on establishing the requirements in recognizing and measuring identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed within a business combination, any noncontrolling interest, goodwill acquired in a business combination or a gain from a bargain purchase, and any applicable disclosures needed to evaluate the nature and financial effect of a business combination. SFAS No. 141 is effective the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008, and therefore would be effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2009. The Company is evaluating the impact SFAS No. 141(R) will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, (“Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements”), an amendment of ARB No. 51 (“SFAS No. 160”). SFAS 160 amends ARB No. 51 to establish accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary, in which the noncontrolling interest will be reclassified as equity; and the income, expense and comprehensive income from a noncontrolling interest will be fully consolidated. SFAS 160 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2008, and therefore would be effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2009. The Company is evaluating the impact SFAS 160 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

Note 3 - Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following at December 31, 2007 and 2006 (in thousands): 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

Prepaid maintenance contracts

 

$

86

 

$

135

 

Prepaid insurance

 

 

69

 

 

0

 

Deferred installation costs

 

 

67

 

 

53

 

Due from vendors and tax authorities

 

 

 

5

 

 

34

 

Other prepaid expenses

 

 

121

 

 

105

 

 

 

$

348

 

$

327

 

Note 4 - Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, net consist of the following at December 31, 2007 and 2006 (in thousands):

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

Estimated
Useful Life

Network equipment and software

 

$

8,655

 

$

7,695

 

2 to 5 Years

Computer equipment and software

 

 

2,102

 

 

1,995

 

3 to 4 Years

Bridging equipment

 

 

1,977

 

 

1,828

 

5 Years

Leasehold improvements

 

 

235

 

 

214

 

5 Years

Office furniture and equipment

 

 

222

 

 

166

 

5 Years

Videoconferencing equipment

 

 

66

 

 

74

 

3 Years

 

 

 

13,257

 

 

11,972

 

 

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

(10,565

)

 

(9,210

)

 

 

 

$

2,692

 

$

2,762

 

 


Depreciation and amortization expense is allocated as follows for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 (in thousands):

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

Cost of revenue

 

$

1,134

 

$

1,511

 

Research and development

 

 

51

 

 

66

 

Sales and marketing

 

 

13

 

 

24

 

General and administrative

 

 

269

 

 

346

 

 

 

$

1,467

 

$

1,947

 




F-11





Note 5 - Accrued Sales Taxes and Regulatory Fees

Included in accrued sales taxes and regulatory fees are (i) certain estimated sales and use taxes, regulatory fees and related penalties and interest, (ii) a tax obligation of a predecessor of Glowpoint, and (iii) sales taxes and regulatory fees collected from customers and to be remitted to taxing authorities. Sales and use taxes and regulatory fees are supposed to be, or are routinely, collected from customers and remitted to the applicable authorities in certain circumstances. Prior to October 2006, we may not have been properly collecting and remitting all such taxes and regulatory fees and, as a result, have accrued a liability. We used estimates when accruing our sales and use tax and regulatory fee liability, including interest and penalties, and assumed, among other things, various credits we expect to receive from taxing authorities and/or our underlying service providers. All of our tax positions are subject to audit. While we believe all of our estimates and assumptions are reasonable and will be sustained upon audit, actual liabilities and credits may differ significantly. For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, we reduced the accrual for sales taxes and regulatory fees and penalties based on filings of voluntary disclosure agreements, correspondence with various states and our reassessments based on the passage of time, by $95,000 and $0, respectively, to reflect revised estimates.

Accrued sales taxes and regulatory fees consist of the following at December 31, 2007 and 2006 (in thousands):

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

Sales taxes and regulatory fees

 

$

2,284

 

$

2,552

 

Sales taxes and regulatory fees – penalties

 

 

533

 

 

730

 

Sales taxes and regulatory fees – interest

 

 

785

 

 

529

 

Tax obligations of a predecessor of Glowpoint

 

 

8

 

 

223

 

Collected sales taxes and regulatory fees to be remitted to authorities

 

 

401

 

 

182

 

 

 

$

4,011

 

$

4,216

 

Note 6 - Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following at December 31, 2007 and 2006 (in thousands):

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

Accrued compensation

 

$

784

 

$

417

 

Accrued communication costs

 

 

161

 

 

43

 

Accrued professional fees

 

 

120

 

 

40

 

Accrued interest

 

 

108

 

 

57

 

Restructuring costs

 

 

7

 

 

212

 

Accrued dividends

 

 

 

 

847

 

Other accrued expenses

 

 

247

 

 

290

 

 

 

$

1,427

 

$

1,906

 




F-12





Note 7 - Senior Secured Notes

Senior Secured Notes and Senior Secured Notes Discount

In March and April 2006 and September 2007, we issued our Senior Secured Notes in private placements to private investors. The September 2007 private placement also included Insider Purchasers. Activity for the Senior Secured Notes and Senior Secured Notes discount during the years ended and as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 was as follows (in thousands):

 

 

December 31,
2006

 

2007
Activity

 

Insider
Purchasers

2007
Activity

 

December 31,
2007

 

Principal of Senior Secured Notes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 2006 private placement

 

$

5,665

 

$

  —

 

$

  —

 

$

5,665

 

April 2006 private placement

 

 

515

 

 

 

 

 

 

515

 

September 2007 private placement

 

 

 

 

3,100

 

 

438

 

 

3,538

 

Senior Secured Notes issued as payment for interest

 

 

426

 

 

853

 

 

9

 

 

1,288

 

 

 

 

6,606

 

 

3,953

 

 

447

 

 

11,006

 

Discount:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instrument – Series A Warrants

 

 

(2,873

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2,873

)

Derivative financial instrument – Series A-2 Warrants

 

 

 

 

(4,484

)

 

(250

)

 

(4,734

)

Reduction of exercise price and extension of expiration dates of warrants

 

 

(766

)

 

 

 

 

 

(766

)

 

 

 

(3,639

)

 

(4,484

)

 

(250

)

 

(8,373

)

Accretion of discount

 

 

1,359

 

 

2,852

 

 

29

 

 

4,240

 

 

 

 

(2,280

)

 

(1,632

)

 

(221

)

 

(4,133

)

Senior Secured Notes, including those held by Insider Purchasers, net of discount

 

$

4,326

 

$

2,321

 

$

226

 

$

6,873

 

In the March and April 2006 private placement, we issued $5,665,000 and $515,000, respectively, with a total aggregate principal amount of $6,180,000 of our Senior Secured Notes and Series A warrants to purchase 6,180,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.65 per share.  The Series A warrants are exercisable for a period of five years and are subject to certain anti-dilution protection. We also agreed to reduce the exercise price of 3,625,000 previously issued warrants held by the investors in these private placements to $0.65 from a weighted average price of $3.38, and to extend the expiration date of any such warrants to no earlier than three years after the offering date. The new weighted average expiration date of the warrants is 3.5 years from March 2006 from a previous weighted average expiration date of 2.9 years. In addition, we issued to the designees and assigns of Burnham Hill Partners placement agent warrants to purchase 618,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.55 per share. As a result of the September 2007 private placement, the exercise price of the Series A warrants has been adjusted to $0.54 per share as of December 31, 2007. The warrants are subject to certain anti-dilution protection. The $5,585,000 net proceeds of the March and April 2006 private placement were used to support our corporate restructuring program and for working capital.

We accounted for the reduction of the exercise price of 3,625,000 previously issued warrants held by the investors in the March and April 2006 private placement to $0.65 from a weighted average price of $3.38, and the extension of the expiration date of any such warrants to no earlier than three years after the offering date at fair value as a debt discount with an offsetting credit to paid in capital. A portion of the finance costs of the Senior Secured Notes issued in March and April 2006 were allocated to this transaction and charged to paid in capital. The estimated fair value of this modification is based on the excess of the fair value of these warrants at the date of the financings over the fair value of these warrants at their original terms. In the March and April 2006 private placement, $766,000 of the proceeds were attributed to the estimated fair value of the modification of price and term of these warrants. The $766,000 fair value of this modification was treated as a discount of the Senior Secured Notes and expensed, using the effective interest method, over the 18 month period to the original maturity date of September 30, 2007 of the Senior Secured Notes issued in March and April 2006.



F-13





In September 2007, we amended the terms of our then outstanding Senior Secured Notes to extend the maturity date to March 31, 2009 from September 30, 2007 (the “Senior Secured Notes Extension”).  In consideration for the Senior Secured Notes Extension, we issued Series A-2 Warrants to the note holders to purchase an aggregate of 4,773,000 shares of common stock (which represented thirty-three (33%) percent of the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the then outstanding Senior Secured Notes and accrued interest). The Series A-2 Warrants have an exercise price of $0.65 per share and are exercisable for a period of five years. The warrants are subject to certain anti-dilution protection. Burnham Hill Partners acted as financial advisor for the Preferred Stock Exchange (as defined in Note 9, Series C Convertible Preferred Stock below) and Senior Secured Notes Extension and received financial advisory warrants to purchase 250,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.65 per share. The warrants are exercisable for a period of five years and are subject to certain anti-dilution protection. The Company allocated 150,000 of the warrants, with a fair value of $86,000, to the Senior Secured Notes Extension and incurred professional fees related to the Senior Secured Notes Extension of $50,000.

The Senior Secured Notes bear interest at 10% per annum, increasing to 12% on the first anniversary following their issuance, and mature on March 31, 2009. Beginning in January 2008 the per annum interest rate on the unpaid principal balance of the Senior Secured Notes then in effect shall increase if the Company fails to achieve a minimum adjusted quarterly earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (the “Adjusted EBITDA”) as defined in the Senior Secured Notes. The per annum interest rate shall increase by 200 basis points if the stated quarterly Adjusted EBITDA is not achieved, and such increase will be cumulative for each subsequent quarterly failure to achieve the stated Adjusted EBITDA; provided, however, that the per annum interest rate shall revert to the lower interest rate in the event the Company achieves or exceeds the stated or cumulative minimum Adjusted EBITDA in any subsequent quarterly period. The Senior Secured Notes and other transaction documents provide that the Insider Purchasers will not be entitled to all of the rights and benefits available to the other purchasers upon the failure by the Company to achieve Adjusted EBITDA.

The Senior Secured Notes are convertible into common stock at a conversion rate of $0.50 per share (x) at any time at the holder’s election or (y) automatically if the closing bid price (as defined in the Senior Secured Notes) of the Company’s common stock exceeds $1.25 (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations and similar transactions) for twenty (20) consecutive trading days. We have the option to pay the accrued interest for the Senior Secured Notes in cash or additional Senior Secured Notes. To date, all required interest payments have been made by issuing additional Senior Secured Notes.

In the September 2007 private placement, we issued $3,538,000 of our Senior Secured Notes and Series A-2 warrants to purchase 3,538,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.65 per share. Insider Purchasers invested $438,000 in the private placement. The Series A-2 warrants are exercisable for a period of five years and are subject to certain anti-dilution protection. In addition, we issued to the designees and assigns of Burnham Hill Partners placement agent warrants to purchase 566,080 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.55 per share. The warrants are exercisable for a period of five years and are subject to certain anti-dilution protection.  Burnham Hill Partners received a cash fee of $283,000, which equaled eight (8%) percent of the gross proceeds we received. The $3,230,000 net proceeds of the September 2007 private placement are being used for working capital.

During the year ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, the accretion of discount on the Senior Secured Notes was $2,881,000 and $1,359,000, respectively.



F-14





Financing Costs

The financing costs, which were included in Other Assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, and accumulated amortization as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

2006

 

2007

 

 

 

2006 Private
Placement

 

2006 Private
Placement

 

2007 Private
Placement and
Senior Secured
Notes Extension

 

2007 Private
Placement, Insider
Purchasers

 

Total

 

Cash financing costs:

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Placement agent fees –
Burnham Hill Partners

 

$

  480

 

$

  480

 

$

  248

 

$

  35

 

$

         763

 

Other financing costs

 

 

115

 

 

115

 

 

71

 

 

3

 

 

189

 

 

 

 

595

 

 

595

 

 

319

 

 

38

 

 

952

 

Non-cash financing costs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Placement agent and financial
advisory warrants –
Burnham Hill Partners

 

 

296

 

 

296

 

 

376

 

 

41

 

 

713

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financing costs charged to
additional paid in capital

 

 

(110

)

 

(110

)

 

 

 

 

 

(110

)

Total financing costs

 

 

781

 

 

781

 

 

695

 

 

79

 

 

1,555

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

(389

)

 

(781

)

 

(125

)

 

(14

)

 

(920

)

 

 

$

392

 

$

   0

 

$

570

 

$

65

 

$

  635

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization during year

 

$

389

 

$

392

 

$

125

 

$

14

 

$

531

 

The financing costs for the March and April 2006 private placement were being amortized over the 18 month period through September 30, 2007, the maturity date of the originally issued Senior Secured Notes. The financing costs for the September 2007 private placement and extension of the maturity date of the March and April 2006 private placement are being amortized over the 18 month period through March 31, 2009, the current maturity date of the Senior Secured Notes.



F-15





Accounting for Conversion Feature and Series A and A-2 Warrants Derivative Liabilities

Activity for derivative liabilities during the years ended and as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 was as follows (in thousands):

 

 

December 31,
2006

 

Additions

 

Increase
(decrease) in
Fair Value

 

Elimination of
derivative
liability

 

December 31, 2007

 

(i)

Derivative financial instrument – February 2004 capital raise

 

$

1,236

 

$

    —

 

$

   (36

)

$

    —

 

$

  1,200

 

(ii)

Derivative financial instrument – Beneficial conversion feature – Senior Secured Notes

 

 

1,666

 

 

1,757

 

 

(757

)

 

(2,666

)

 

 

(ii)

Derivative financial instrument – Beneficial conversion feature – Senior Secured Notes, Insider Purchasers

 

 

 

 

220

 

 

(108

)

 

(112

)

 

 

(iii)

Derivative financial instrument – Placement agent and financial advisory warrants

 

 

 

 

770

 

 

(313

)

 

 

 

457

 

(iv)

Derivative financial instrument – Series A Warrants

 

 

1,399

 

 

 

 

359

 

 

 

 

1,758

 

(v)

Derivative financial instrument – Series A-2 Warrants, September 2007 private placement

 

 

 

 

1,765

 

 

(757

)

 

 

 

1,008

 

(v)

Derivative financial instrument – Series A-2 Warrants, September 2007 private placement, Insider Purchasers

 

 

 

 

250

 

 

(108

)

 

 

 

142

 

(vi)

Derivative financial instrument – Series A-2 Warrants, issued in connection with Senior Secured Notes Extension

 

 

 

 

2,719

 

 

(1,167

)

 

 

 

1,552

 

 

 

$

4,301

 

$

7,481

 

$

(2,887

)

$

(2,778

)

$

6,117

 

The components of the increase or (decrease) in the fair value of derivative financial instruments with changes in value recorded as other (income) expense for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 was as follows (in thousands):

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

(i)

Derivative financial instrument – February 2004 capital raise

 

$

  (36

)

$

  (334

)

(ii)

Derivative financial instrument – Beneficial conversion feature – Senior Secured Notes

 

 

(865

)

 

(184

)

(ii)

Elimination of derivative financial instrument – Beneficial conversion feature – Senior Secured Notes

 

 

(2,666

)

 

 

(ii)

Elimination of derivative financial instrument – Beneficial conversion feature – Senior Secured Notes, Insider Purchasers

 

 

(112

)

 

 

(iii)

Derivative financial instrument – Placement agent and financial advisory warrants

 

 

(313

)

 

 

(iv)

Derivative financial instrument – Series A Warrants

 

 

359

 

 

(1,474

)

(v)

Derivative financial instrument – Series A-2 Warrants, September 2007 private placement

 

 

(757

)

 

 

(v)

Derivative financial instrument – Series A-2 Warrants, September 2007 private placement, Insider Purchasers

 

 

(108

)

 

 

(vi)

Derivative financial instrument – Series A-2 Warrants, issued in connection with Senior Secured Notes Extension

 

 

(1,167

)

 

 

 

 

$

 (5,665

)

$

(1,992

)



F-16





(i) We accounted for the registration rights agreement related to the February 2004 capital raise as a separate freestanding instrument and accounted for the liquidated damages provision as a derivative liability subject to SFAS No. 133. The estimated fair value of the derivative liability is based on estimates of the probability and costs expected to be incurred and such estimates are revalued at each balance sheet date with changes in value recorded as other income or expense. We estimated the fair value of the derivative liability as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 to be $1,200,000 and $1,236,000, respectively.

(ii) We initially accounted for the convertibility of the Senior Secured Notes into common stock at a conversion rate of $0.50 per share as a derivative liability subject to SFAS No. 133. Management determined that certain events or actions necessary to deliver registered shares are not controlled by the Company and that the holders have the right to demand that the Company pay the holders in cash, calculated as defined in the Senior Secured Notes, under certain circumstances. Accordingly, the Company accounted for the beneficial conversion feature as a derivative liability. The estimated fair value of the derivative liability is based on the prepayment amount that would be owed to a Senior Secured Notes holder if payment is required. The prepayment amount is the greater of (i) 125% of the value of the Senior Secured Notes and accrued interest and (ii) the value if the Senior Secured Notes and accrued interest converted into common stock at $0.50 per share and then multiplied by the then current stock price. Since the Senior Secured Notes are convertible at the issuance date, an expense related to the derivative liability is recognized on that date. We estimated the fair value of the derivative liability as of December 31, 2006 to be $1,666,000.

In December 2007, in light of changes to Rule 144 of the Securities Act, we amended the Registration Rights Agreement to eliminate the requirement to register the shares issuable upon conversion of the Senior Secured Notes, thereby eliminating any requirement to deliver registered shares, which effectively eliminated the right of the holders of the Senior Secured Notes to demand that the Company pay such holders cash, calculated as defined in the Senior Secured Notes. Accordingly, the Company will no longer account for the beneficial conversion feature as a derivative liability. Therefore, in December 2007, the Company eliminated the $2,778,000 derivative liability related to the beneficial conversion feature that had been accrued as of that date.

(iii) We accounted for the issuance of the placement agent and financial advisory warrants issued in connection with the March and April 2006 and September 2007 private placements of the Senior Secured Notes as a derivative liability subject to SFAS No. 133. Management determined that the events or actions necessary to deliver registered shares are not controlled by the Company and that the holders have the right to demand that the Company pay the holders in cash, calculated as defined in the Series A and Series A-2 warrant, under certain circumstances. Accordingly the Company accounted for the placement agent and financial advisory warrants as a derivative liability. The estimated fair value of the derivative liability is calculated using the Black-Scholes method and such estimates are revalued at each balance sheet date with changes in value recorded as other income or expense. We estimated the fair value of the derivative liability as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 to be $457,000 and $147,000, respectively.  See also Note 18.

(iv) We accounted for the issuance of the Series A warrants to purchase 6,180,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.65 per share as a derivative liability subject to SFAS No. 133. Management determined that certain events or actions necessary to deliver registered shares are not controlled by the Company and that the holders have the right to demand that the Company pay the holders in cash, calculated as defined in the Series A warrant, under certain circumstances. Accordingly the Company accounted for the Series A warrants as a derivative liability. The estimated fair value of the derivative liability is calculated using the Black-Scholes method and such estimates are revalued at each balance sheet date, with changes in value recorded as other income or expense. We estimated the fair value of the derivative liability as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 to be $1,758,000 and $1,399,000, respectively.

(v) In connection with the September 2007 private placement we accounted for the issuance of the Series A-2 warrants to purchase 3,538,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.65 per share as a derivative liability subject to SFAS No. 133. Management determined that certain events or actions necessary to deliver registered shares are not controlled by the Company and that the holders have the right to demand that the Company pay the holders in cash, calculated as defined in the Series A-2 warrant, under certain circumstances. Accordingly the Company accounted for the Series A-2 warrants as a derivative liability. The estimated fair value of the derivative liability is calculated using the Black-Scholes method and such estimates are revalued at each balance sheet date, with changes in value recorded as other income or expense. In the September 2007 private placement, $2,015,000 of the proceeds was attributed to the estimated fair value of the derivative liability. The $2,015,000 for the derivative liability will be treated as a discount on the Senior Secured Notes and expensed, using the effective interest method, over the 18 month period to the maturity of the Senior Secured Notes. We estimated the fair value of the derivative liability as of December 31, 2007 to be $1,150,000.



F-17





(vi) In connection with the Senior Secured Notes Extension we accounted for the issuance of the Series A-2 warrants to purchase 4,773,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.65 per share as a derivative liability subject to SFAS No. 133. Management determined that certain events or actions necessary to deliver registered shares are not controlled by the Company and that the holders have the right to demand that the Company pay the holders in cash, calculated as defined in the Series A-2 warrant, under certain circumstances. Accordingly the Company accounted for the Series A warrants as a derivative liability. The estimated fair value of the derivative liability is calculated using the Black-Scholes method and such estimates are revalued at each balance sheet date, with changes in value recorded as other income or expense. In the Senior Secured Notes Extension, $2,719,000 was attributed to the estimated fair value of the derivative liability. The $2,719,000 for the derivative liability will be treated as a discount on the Senior Secured Notes and expensed, using the effective interest method, over the 18 month period to the Senior Secured Notes’ maturity date. We estimated the fair value of the derivative liability as of December 31, 2007 to be $1,552,000.

Insider Purchasers investment in September 2007 Private Placement

In the September 2007 private placement, the Insider Purchasers invested an aggregate of $438,000 and were issued Senior Secured Notes and Series A-2 warrants to acquire 438,000 shares of common stock. The Senior Secured Notes and other transaction documents provide that the Insider Purchasers will not be entitled to all of the rights and benefits available to the other purchasers upon the occurrence of certain events, including, but not limited to, an event of default, the failure by Glowpoint to achieve specified Adjusted EBITDA (as defined below), and the failure to timely file the required registration statement.

Senior Secured Notes –Adjusted EBITDA Requirements

If the Company does not achieve the following minimum Adjusted EBITDA the per annum interest rate on the unpaid principal balance of the Senior Secured Notes then in effect shall increase by 200 basis points, and such increase will be cumulative for each subsequent period; provided, however, that the per annum interest rate shall revert to the lower interest rate in the event the Company achieves or exceeds the cumulative minimum Adjusted EBITDA for any subsequent determination date. Failure to maintain the minimum Adjusted EBITDA, however, shall not constitute an Event of Default as defined in the Senior Secured Notes agreements. The Adjusted EBITDA (as defined below) targets for the determination dates are as follows:

Determination Date

     

Adjusted EBITDA

As of March 31, 2008

 

$0 for the quarter ending March 31, 2008

As of June 30, 2008

 

$1,000,000 for the period commencing on January 1, 2008 and ending on June 30, 2008.

As of September 30, 2008

 

$1,500,000 for the quarter ending September 30, 2008, or $2,500,000 for the period commencing on January 1, 2008 and ending on September 30, 2008.

As of December 31, 2008

 

$2,000,000 for the quarter ending December 31, 2008 or $4,500,000 for the year ended December 31, 2008.

“Adjusted EBITDA” is defined as the sum of the amounts for such period of (i) net income or loss before dividends, plus (ii) charges for foreign, federal, state and local taxes as computed on our income tax returns, plus (iii) interest expense, plus (iv) depreciation, plus (v) amortization expense, including, without limitation, amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets and amortization of stock based compensation expense, plus (vi) extraordinary losses, plus (vii) charges related to any financing consummated on or prior to the September 2007 private placement, plus (viii) the cost of any beneficial conversion feature of any outstanding security, plus (ix) the cost of any accretion of discounts minus (x) interest income, minus (xi) extraordinary gains, and (xii) such other adjustments to eliminate the impact of any derivative financial instruments.



F-18





Note 8 - Interest Expense

The components of interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 are presented below (in thousands):

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

Accretion of discount on Senior Secured Notes

 

$

2,852

 

$

1,359

 

Accretion of discount on Senior Secured Notes, Insider Purchasers

 

 

29

 

 

 

Interest on Senior Secured Notes

 

 

900

 

 

483

 

Interest on Senior Secured Notes, Insider Purchasers

 

 

12

 

 

 

Beneficial conversion feature – Senior Secured Notes

 

 

1,757

 

 

1,850

 

Beneficial conversion feature – Senior Secured Notes, Insider Purchasers

 

 

220

 

 

 

Interest expense for sales and use taxes and regulatory fees

 

 

268

 

 

277

 

Other interest expense

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

$

6,043

 

$

3,969

 


Note 9 - Stockholders’ Deficit

Common Stock

In February 2004, we raised net proceeds of $12,480,000 in a private placement offering of 6,100,000 shares of our common stock at $2.25 per share. We also issued warrants to the investors in the private placement offering to purchase 1,830,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.75 per share. The warrants expire five and a half years after the closing date. The warrants are subject to certain anti-dilution protection (minimum price of $2.60) and as a result of the March 2005 financing, the exercise price was reduced to $2.60 (the incremental fair value was nominal). In addition, we issued to our placement agent five and a half year warrants to purchase 427,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $2.71 per share with an estimated fair value of $895,000. The placement agent warrants are subject to anti-dilution protection (minimum price of $2.60) and as a result of the March 2005 financing, the exercise price was reduced to $2.60 (the incremental fair value was nominal).

The registration rights agreement for the February 2004 financing provides for liquidated damages of 3% of the aggregate purchase price for the first month and 1.5% for each subsequent month if we failed to register the common stock and the shares of common stock underlying the warrants or maintain the effectiveness of such registration. We accounted for the registration rights agreement as a separate freestanding instrument and accounted for the liquidated damages provision as a derivative liability subject to SFAS No. 133. The estimated fair value of the derivative liability is based on estimates of the probability and costs expected to be incurred and such estimates are revalued at each balance sheet date with changes in value recorded as other income or expense. $1,164,000 of the proceeds of the financing was attributed to the estimated fair value of the derivative liability. We estimated the fair value of the derivative liability as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 to be $1,200,000 and $1,236,000, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 we recognized other income of $36,000 and $334,000 for a decrease in the fair value of the derivative liability.

In March 2005, we raised net proceeds of $9,376,000 in a private placement offering of 6,766,667 shares of our common stock at $1.50 per share. Investors in the private placement offering were also issued warrants to purchase 2,706,667 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $2.40 per share. The warrants expire five years after the closing date. The warrants are subject to certain anti-dilution protection (minimum price of $1.61). The warrants may be exercised by cash payment of the exercise price or by "cashless exercise”. As a result of subsequent financings, the conversion price of these warrants has been adjusted to $1.61 and $1.79 as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Preferred Stock

Our Certificate of Incorporation authorizes the issuance of up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock. Currently, we have 1,500 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock (the “Series C Preferred Stock”) authorized, of which 474.8126 shares are issued and outstanding, and 4,000 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock authorized, none of which are issued. We have no other classes of preferred stock. Only the Series C Preferred Stock is outstanding as of December 31, 2007.



F-19





Series C Convertible Preferred Stock

In September 2007, we entered into an Exchange Agreement with the holders of the Series B convertible preferred stock (the “Series B Holders”) and issued an aggregate of 474.8126 shares of a new Series C Preferred Stock in exchange for cancelling all of our issued and outstanding Series B convertible preferred stock, cancelling $1,098,000 of accrued but unpaid dividends due on the Series B convertible preferred stock, and 1,525,000 shares of common stock held by the Series B Holders (the “Preferred Stock Exchange”). Each share of Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, has a liquidation preference equal to its stated value, which is $10,000 per share, and is convertible at the holder’s election into 10,000 shares of common stock. The Series C Preferred Stock has anti-dilution rights. The Series C preferred stockholders are not entitled to receive dividends. The Series C Preferred Stock is only redeemable in the event of the Company’s liquidation, dissolution or winding up of affairs. Upon a change of control, as defined therein, the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock or the Company can require that the Series C Preferred Stock be redeemed at the stated value per share as adjusted. The Series C Preferred Stock must be converted into shares of common stock when the closing bid and ask price of the Company’s common stock exceeds $2.00 for a period of 10 consecutive trading days. The Series C Preferred Stock is not classified in Stockholders’ Deficit.

Burnham Hill Partners acted as financial advisor for, among other things, the Preferred Stock Exchange and the extension of the maturity date of the Senior Secured Notes that were maturing in September 2007 and received warrants to purchase 250,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.65 per share. The financial advisory warrants are exercisable for a period of five years and are subject to certain anti-dilution protection.  The Company allocated 100,000 of the financial advisory warrants, with a fair value of $57,000, to the Preferred Stock Exchange and incurred professional fees related to the Preferred Stock Exchange of $33,000. These costs were charged to additional paid in capital. See Note 7 for the allocation of the remaining financial advisory warrants.

We accounted for the Preferred Stock Exchange as a redemption and in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force Topic No. D-42 “The Effect on the Calculation of Earnings per Share for the Redemption or Induced Conversion of Preferred Stock” (“D- 42”). In connection with the Preferred Stock Exchange, D-42 requires that the excess of the carrying amount of the Series B convertible preferred stock (the “Series B Carrying Amount”) over the fair value of the Series C Preferred Stock (the “Series C Fair Value”) be subtracted from net loss to arrive at net loss attributable to common stockholders. The Series B Carrying Amount of $5,130,000 is comprised of the $2,888,000 stated value of the Series B convertible preferred stock, the $1,098,000 of accrued but unpaid dividends, and $1,143,000 for the 1,525,000 shares of common stock valued at the common stock price of $0.75 on the date the common stock shares were surrendered. We computed the $4,330,000 Series C Fair Value using a valuation model utilized by the financial advisory and investment banking industries to determine the fair value of this type of financial instrument. The $799,000 excess of Series B Carrying Amount over the Series C Fair Value is recognized in our consolidated statement of operations as a “Gain on Redemption of Preferred Stock” and subtracted from our net loss to arrive at the net loss attributable to common shareholders.

The transaction is summarized as follows:

$2,888,000

 

Series B convertible preferred stock – carrying value

  1,143,000

 

Common stock – fair value

  1,098,000

 

Accrued and unpaid dividends – carrying value

  5,129,000

 

The Series B Carrying Amount

  4,330,000

 

The Series C Fair Value

$   799,000

 

Gain on Redemption of Preferred Stock

The Series C Preferred Stock is recorded in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at its fair value on the date of the transaction of $4,330,000.



F-20





Series D Convertible Preferred Stock

The Series D convertible preferred stock does not have any voting rights, but is convertible into Glowpoint’s common stock and is entitled to any liquidating distribution to holders of common stock. All of the Senior Secured Notes, the Series A Warrants, as amended, the Series A-2 Warrants and the Series C Preferred Stock are convertible or exercisable, as the case may be, into our common stock, but provide that, unless specifically waived by such holder, in no event shall any holder of such securities own more than 4.99% or 9.99% of our outstanding common stock. In the event a holder would own more than either percentage upon conversion or exercise and does not waive such ownership cap, we will issue Series D convertible preferred stock for the amount above such limitation. The holder may then convert Series D convertible preferred stock into common stock in the future as permitted by the ownership limitations or upon waiver of such restriction. The Series D convertible preferred stock is classified in Stockholders’ Deficit. No shares of Series D convertible preferred stock have been issued as of December 31, 2007.

Note 10 - Stock options

Glowpoint 2007 Stock Incentive Plan

Pursuant to the Glowpoint 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2007 Plan”), 3,000,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance thereunder. The 2007 Plan permits the grant of incentive stock options (“ISOs”) to employees or employees of our subsidiaries. Non-qualified stock options (“NQSOs”) may be granted to employees, directors and consultants. As of December 31, 2007, options to purchase a total of 144,000 shares were outstanding and 2,856,000 shares remained available for future issuance under the 2007 Plan.

The exercise price of the awards is established by the administrator of the plan and, in the case of ISOs issued to employees who are less than 10% stockholders, the per share exercise price must be equal to at least 100% of the fair market value of a share of the common stock on the date of grant or not less than 110% of the fair market value of the shares in the case of an employee who is a 10% stockholder. The administrator of the plan determines the terms and provisions of each award granted under the 2007 Plan, including the vesting schedule, repurchase provisions, rights of first refusal, forfeiture provisions, form of payment, payment contingencies and satisfaction of any performance criteria.

Glowpoint 2000 Stock Incentive Plan

Pursuant to the Glowpoint 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2000 Plan”), as amended, 4,400,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance thereunder. The 2000 Plan permits the grant of incentive stock options (“ISOs”) to employees or employees of our subsidiaries. Non-qualified stock options (“NQSOs”) may be granted to employees, directors and consultants. As of December 31, 2007, options to purchase a total of 3,913,000 shares were outstanding and 49,000 shares remained available for future issuance under the 2000 Plan.

The exercise price of the awards is established by the administrator of the plan and, in the case of ISOs issued to employees who are less than 10% stockholders, the per share exercise price must be equal to at least 100% of the fair market value of a share of the common stock on the date of grant or not less than 110% of the fair market value of the shares in the case of an employee who is a 10% stockholder. The administrator of the plan determines the terms and provisions of each award granted under the 2000 Plan, including the vesting schedule, repurchase provisions, rights of first refusal, forfeiture provisions, form of payment, payment contingencies and satisfaction of any performance criteria.

1996 Stock Option Plan

Under the 1996 Stock Option Plan (the “1996 Plan”), as amended and then terminated in December 2006, 2,475,000 shares of common stock had been reserved for issuance thereunder. The 1996 Plan provided for the granting of options to officers, directors, employees and advisors. No options were granted under the 1996 Plan in the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006. As of December 31, 2007, options to purchase a total of 8,000 shares were outstanding.



F-21





VTI Stock Option Plans

As part of the merger with View Tech, Inc. (“VTI”) in May 2000, we assumed the outstanding options of the four stock option plans maintained by VTI. These plans generally require the exercise price of options to be not less than the estimated fair market value of the stock at the date of grant. Options vest over a maximum period of four years and may be exercised in varying amounts over their respective terms. In accordance with the provisions of such plans, all outstanding options become immediately exercisable upon a change of control, as defined, of VTI. The plans will terminate in 2009. Options assumed as part of the merger with VTI totaled 361,605. No options were granted under these Plans in years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006. As of December 31, 2007, options to purchase a total of 98,000 shares of Glowpoint’s common stock were outstanding and no shares remained available for future issuance.

Options outside our Qualified Plans

We have also issued stock options outside of our qualified plans in prior years, though none in the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006. At December 31, 2007, the total of these options outstanding was 50,000.

Other Option Information

A summary of options granted, exercised, expired and forfeited under our plans and options outstanding as of December 31, 2007and 2006, is presented below (options in thousands):

 

 

Outstanding

 

Exercisable

 

 

 

Number of
Options

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 

Number of
Options

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 

Options outstanding, January 1, 2006

     

 

4,996

     

$

2.51

     

 

3,614

     

$

2.92

 

Granted

 

 

1,134

 

 

0.41

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

 —

 

 

0.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expired

 

 

 (11

)

 

5.41

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

(1,019

)

 

1.36

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options outstanding, December 31, 2006

 

 

5,100

 

 

2.26

 

 

3,664

 

 

2.86

 

Granted

 

 

1,284

 

 

0.59

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

 —

 

 

0.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expired

 

 

 (1,380

)

 

2.94

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

(791

)

 

2.58

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options outstanding, December 31, 2007

 

 

4,213

 

$

1.47

 

 

2,519

 

$

2.06

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares of common stock available for future
grant under company plans

 

 

2,905

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Additional information as of December 31, 2007 with respect to all outstanding options is as follows (options in thousands):

 

 

Outstanding

 

Exercisable

 

Range of price

 

Number
of Options

 

 

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (In Years)

 

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 

Number
of Options

 

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 

$0.36 – 0.48

 

 

872

 

 

8.49

 

 

$0.39

 

 

303

 

 

$0.39

 

  0.51 – 0.70

 

 

1,293

 

 

9.48

 

 

  0.59

 

 

310

 

 

  0.54

 

  0.86 – 1.48

 

 

937

 

 

6.81

 

 

  1.21

 

 

825

 

 

  1.22

 

  1.58 – 3.50

 

 

507

 

 

5.15

 

 

  3.02

 

 

477

 

 

  3.08

 

  3.90 – 5.50

 

 

604

 

 

3.08

 

 

  4.03

 

 

604

 

 

  4.03

 

$ 0.36 – 5.50

 

 

4,213

 

 

7.24

 

 

$1.47

 

 

2,519

 

 

$2.06

 




F-22





A summary of nonvested options as of, and changes during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, is presented below (options in thousands):

 

 

Options

 

 

Weighted
Average
Grant Date

Fair Value

 

Nonvested options outstanding, January 1, 2006

     

 

1,380

     

 

$1.16

 

Granted

 

 

1,134

 

 

  0.30

 

Vested

 

 

(416

)

 

  1.15

 

Forfeited

 

 

(662

)

 

  0.95

 

Nonvested options outstanding, December 31, 2006

 

 

1,436

 

 

  0.59

 

Granted

 

 

1,284

 

 

  0.45

 

Vested

 

 

(917

)

 

  0.65

 

Forfeited

 

 

(108

)

 

  0.41

 

Nonvested options outstanding, December 31, 2007

 

 

1,695

 

 

$0.46

 

At December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006 there was $26,000 and $161,000, respectively, of total unrecognized compensation costs related to non-vested options granted prior to January 1, 2006 that are expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.53 and 0.90 years, respectively. The Company has recorded $481,000 and $472,000 related to its stock-based compensation expense for options in general and administrative expenses for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. There was no income tax benefit recognized for stock-based compensation for the year ended December 31, 2007 and 2006. No compensation costs were capitalized as part of the cost of an asset.

The fair value of nonvested options at December 31, 2007and 2006 was $776,000 and $844,000, respectively.

Note 11 - Restricted Stock

A summary of restricted stock granted, vested, forfeited and unvested restricted stock outstanding during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, is presented below (restricted shares in thousands):

 

 

Restricted
Shares

 

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 

Unvested restricted shares outstanding, January 1, 2006

 

 

313

 

 

$2.44

 

Granted

 

 

363

 

 

  0.43

 

Vested

 

 

(299

)

 

  1.89

 

Forfeited

 

 

(60

)

 

  2.20

 

Unvested restricted shares outstanding, December 31, 2006

 

 

317

 

 

  0.71

 

Granted

 

 

1,240

 

 

  0.58

 

Vested

 

 

(530

)

 

  0.69

 

Forfeited

 

 

0

 

 

  0.00

 

Unvested restricted shares outstanding, December 31, 2007

 

 

1,027

 

 

$0.54

 

The Company has recorded $390,000 and $309,000 related to its stock-based compensation expense for restricted stock in general and administrative expenses for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. There was no income tax benefit recognized for stock-based compensation for the year ended December 31, 2007. No compensation costs were capitalized as part of the cost of an asset.



F-23





Note 12 - Warrants

A summary of warrants granted, exercised and forfeited and warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, is presented below (warrants in thousands):

 

 

Warrants

 

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 

Warrants outstanding, January 1, 2006

 

 

9,756

 

 

$3.42

 

Granted

 

 

6,798

 

 

  0.64

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

  —

 

Forfeited

 

 

(1,805)

 

 

  3.15

 

Warrants outstanding, December 31, 2006

 

 

14,749

 

 

  1.28

 

Granted

 

 

9,127

 

 

  0.64

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

  —

 

Forfeited

 

 

(901)

 

 

  5.39

 

Warrants outstanding, December 31, 2007

 

 

22,975

 

 

$0.86

 

Additional information as of December 31, 2007 with respect to outstanding warrants, all of which are exercisable, is as follows (warrants in thousands):

Range of Price

 

 

Number
Outstanding

 

 

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (In Years)

 

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 

 

Subject to
Anti-dilution
Protection

 

$  0.50 – 0.55

 

 

1,284

 

 

3.66

 

 

$0.55

 

 

Yes

 

    0.65

 

 

18,371

 

 

3.65

 

 

  0.65

 

 

Yes

 

    1.61

 

 

1,640

 

 

2.20

 

 

  1.61

 

 

No

 

    2.60

 

 

1,680

 

 

1.63

 

 

  2.60

 

 

No

 

$  0.50 – 2.60

 

 

22,975

 

 

3.40

 

 

$0.86

 

 

 

 

The fair value of each warrant granted is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006:

 

 

 

2007

 

 

2006

Risk free interest rate

 

 

4.3%

 

 

4.7% – 4.8%

Warrant lives

 

 

5 Years

 

 

5 Years

Expected volatility

 

 

94.6%

 

 

95.6% - 95.9%

Expected dividend yields

 

 

None

 

 

None

Expected volatility was calculated using the historical volatility of the appropriate industry sector index. The risk free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury yields for securities in effect at the time of grants with terms approximating the term of the grants. The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option valuation model are highly subjective, and can materially affect the resulting valuation.



F-24





Note 13 - Income Taxes

We had no tax provision for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006. Our effective tax rate differs from the statutory federal tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 as shown in the following table (in thousands):

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

U.S. federal income taxes at the statutory rate

 

$

  (1,843

)

$

  (3,782

)

State taxes, net of federal effects

 

 

(325

)

 

(667

)

Nondeductible expenses

 

 

417

 

 

722

 

Beneficial conversion feature

 

 

912

 

 

618

 

Change in valuation allowance

 

 

839

 

 

2,888

 

Adjustments to prior years’ options and other charges

 

 

 

 

221

 


 

$

    —

 

$

    —

 

The tax effect of the temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 is presented below (in thousands):

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax benefit of operating loss carry forward

 

$

47,706

 

$

44,392

 

Reserves and allowances

 

 

1,500

 

 

1,620

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

89

 

 

72

 

Goodwill

 

 

595

 

 

665

 

Warrants issued for services

 

 

605

 

 

575

 

Equity based compensation

 

 

562

 

 

369

 

Fixed assets

 

 

141

 

 

285

 

Fair value adjustments to derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

 

703

 

Restricted stock

 

 

217

 

 

106

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

51,415

 

 

48,787

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liability:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value adjustments to derivative financial instruments

 

 

(1,789

)

 

 

Deferred tax assets and liability, net

 

 

49,626

 

 

48,787

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(49,626

)

 

(48,787

)

Net deferred tax assets

 

$

    —

 

$

    —

 

The ending balance of the deferred tax asset has been fully reserved, reflecting the uncertainties as to realizability evidenced by the company’s historical results

We and our subsidiaries file federal tax returns on a consolidated basis and separate state tax returns. At December 31, 2007, we have net operating loss (“NOL”) carry-forwards of $121,235,000 for federal income tax purposes which expire in various amounts through 2027. At December 31, 2007, we have net NOL carry-forwards of $92,178,000 for state income tax purposes which expire in various amounts through 2027. The utilization of $85,826,000 of our NOL (the “Limited NOLs”) for federal income tax purposes sustained by Glowpoint prior to February 17, 2004 is limited to $5,400,000 annually as a result of an "ownership change" (as defined by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended). As of December 31, 2007, the Company has estimated that the entire amount of the Limited NOLs can be realized, based on federal limitations on the useability of such expiring losses (to the extent that it generates taxable income). If the Company undergoes a change of ownership in the future, the utilization of the Company’s NOL carry-forwards may be materially constrained.

Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48 Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (FIN No. 48), which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in the financial statement in accordance with FASB Statement No. 109 Accounting for Income Taxes . This interpretation prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken, or expected to be taken, in a tax return. There were no significant matters determined to be unrecognized tax benefits taken or expected to be taken in a tax return that have been recorded on the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2007.



F-25





Additionally, FIN No. 48 provides guidance on the recognition of interest and penalties related to income taxes. There were no interest or penalties related to income taxes that have been accrued or recognized as of and for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006.

The federal and state tax returns for the years ending December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 are currently open and the tax returns for the year ended December 31, 2007 will be filed in November 2008.

Note 14 - 401(k) Plan

We have adopted a 401(k) retirement plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The 401(k) plan covers substantially all employees who met minimum age and service requirements. The plan was non-contributory on our part. Employer contributions to the 401(k) plan for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 were $69,000 and $38,000, respectively.

Note 15 - Related Parties

We receive consulting and tax services from an accounting firm in which one of our directors is a partner. Management believes that such transactions are at arm’s-length and for terms that would have been obtained from unaffiliated third parties. For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, we incurred fees for these services of $92,000 and $32,000, respectively. See also Note 7 for Insider Purchasers of Senior Secured Notes.

Note 16 - March 2006 Restructuring

In March 2006, we implemented a corporate restructuring plan designed to reduce certain operating, sales and marketing and general and administrative costs. The costs of this restructuring, $1,200,000, consisting of severance payments, acceleration of vesting of stock options and benefit reimbursements, were recorded in the first quarter of 2006 and will be paid through April 2007. As part of the restructuring initiative, we implemented management changes, including the departure of twenty-one employees and the promotion of Michael Brandofino to Chief Operating Officer. David Trachtenberg, President and Chief Executive Officer since October 2003, and Gerard Dorsey, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since December 2004 had left Glowpoint. In connection with their separation, Messrs. Trachtenberg and Dorsey were paid severance based upon their employment agreements of approximately $500,000 and $155,000, respectively, over the following year and receive other benefits (e.g., accelerated vesting of restricted stock or options) valued at approximately $180,000 and $9,000, respectively. The amount paid to them is a portion of the $1,200,000 of restructuring costs recorded in 2006. In April 2006, Mr. Brandofino was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of the Board of Directors, Edwin Heinen was appointed Chief Financial Officer, and Joseph Laezza was appointed Chief Operating Officer. The following is a summary of our March 2006 restructuring activity during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 (in thousands):

Accrual as of January 1, 2006

     

$

0

 

Provision for severance

 

 

1,200

 

Less: amounts paid

 

 

(988

)

Accrual as of December 31, 2006

 

$

212

 

Less: amounts paid

 

 

(212

)

Accrual as of December 31, 2007

 

$

 

Note 17 - Commitments and Contingencies

Employment Agreements

We had employment agreements with our prior President and Chief Executive Officer ("CEO") and our prior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer ("CFO"), both of whom left Glowpoint in April 2006. We also have agreements with our Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer ("CTO"), who became Chief Operating Officer in March 2006 and then President and Chief Executive Officer in April 2006, our Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), our Chief Operating Officer (“COO”) and our Executive Vice President and General Counsel (“GC”). Such employment agreements provide:



F-26





President and Chief Executive Officer -We entered into an initial three-year agreement, commencing January 1, 2001, with Michael Brandofino when he was CTO. This agreement has been subsequently amended numerous times to reflect agreed upon annual base salary, incentive compensation and other stock option grants. In May and June 2007, Mr. Brandofino’s agreement was further amended to (i) reflect his title as President and Chief Executive Officer, (ii) grant 400,000 restricted shares of the Company’s common stock, with one-half of such restricted shares vesting on each of May 15, 2009 and May 15, 2011, (iii) grant an option to purchase 200,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, with one-half of such options vesting immediately and the remaining 100,000 options vesting in equal installments on May 15, 2008, May 15, 2009, and May 15, 2010, and (iv) provide for a July 1, 2009 expiration. Under the amended agreement, Mr. Brandofino is entitled to an annual base salary in each year, an ability to earn annual incentive bonus in an amount equivalent to forty percent (40%) of his then annual base salary, subject to the sole discretion of our Compensation Committee, taking into consideration the achievement of goals and metrics established by the Board of Directors, with such goals and metrics being updated on an annual basis. Compensation expense of $360,000 and $295,000, comprised of base salary and the incentive bonus, was recorded during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. In addition, Mr. Brandofino’s agreement stipulates that if we enter into a sale agreement during the term of the agreement and he realizes less than $200,000 from the exercise of all outstanding options, then he is entitled to a bonus in an amount equal to the difference between $200,000 and the amount realized. Either we or Mr. Brandofino may terminate his employment at any time, for any reason or no reason at all; however, if Mr. Brandofino is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason (as defined) or if he dies, he is entitled to one year of his then annual base salary and one year of accelerated vesting of the stock options granted under the amended employment agreement. If Mr. Brandofino’s employment is terminated with cause or if he voluntarily resigns, he is entitled to his base salary and other benefits through the last day actually worked.

Chief Financial Officer - In January 2007, we entered into a two-year employment agreement with Edwin F. Heinen. Under the employment agreement, Mr. Heinen is entitled to a base salary of not less than $200,000 per calendar year and, subject to the sole discretion of our Compensation Committee, he is eligible to receive an annual incentive bonus of up to 40% of his base salary, taking into consideration the achievement of goals and metrics established by the President and CEO, which goals and metrics shall be updated on an annual basis. Compensation expense of $264,000 and $205,000, comprised of base salary and the incentive bonus, was recorded during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006. The agreement also provides for a grant to Mr. Heinen of 200,000 restricted shares of the Company’s common stock, with one-third of such restricted shares of common stock vesting on January 30 of each of the following three years. Either we or Mr. Heinen may terminate his employment at any time, for any reason or no reason at all; however, if Mr. Heinen is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason (as defined) or if he dies, he is entitled to twelve months of his then-annual base salary, as well as the pro-rated amount of incentive compensation due as of the effective date of termination and one year of accelerated vesting of the restricted stock under the employment agreement. If Mr. Heinen’s employment is terminated with cause or if he voluntarily resigns, he is entitled to his base salary and other benefits through the last day actually worked.

Chief Operating Officer – In March 2004, we entered into an employment agreement with Joseph Laezza under which he became the Vice President, Operations. Under that agreement, Mr. Laezza is entitled to an annual base salary and, subject to the sole discretion of our Compensation Committee, annual incentive bonus in an amount equivalent to forty percent (40%) of his then-annual base salary, taking into consideration the achievement of goals and metrics established by the President and CEO, which goals and metrics shall be updated on an annual basis. In April 2006, he became Chief Operating Officer.  In May 2007, Mr. Laezza’s agreement was amended to (i) reflect his title as COO, (ii) grant 100,000 restricted shares of the Company’s common stock, with one-half of such restricted shares vesting on each of May 15, 2009 and May 15, 2011, (iii) grant an option to purchase 250,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, with one-half of such options vesting immediately and the remaining 125,000 options vesting in equal installments on May 15, 2008, May 15, 2009, and May 15, 2010, and (iv) provide for a January 1, 2009 expiration. Compensation expense of $306,000 and $252,000, comprised of base salary and the incentive bonus, was recorded during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006. The March 2004 agreement also provided for a grant to Mr. Laezza of 55,000 restricted shares of the Company’s common stock, with one-third of such restricted shares of common stock vesting on March 11 of each of the following years.  Either we or Mr. Laezza may terminate his employment at any time, for any reason or no reason at all; however, if Mr. Laezza is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason (as defined) or if he dies, he is entitled to twelve months of his then-annual base salary, as well as the pro-rated amount of incentive compensation due as of the effective date of termination and one year of accelerated vesting of the restricted stock under the employment agreement. If Mr. Laezza’s employment is terminated with cause or if he voluntarily resigns, he is entitled to his base salary and other benefits through the last day actually worked.



F-27





Executive Vice President and General Counsel - In May 2006, we entered into a two-year employment agreement with David W. Robinson, which was subsequently amended in April and September 2007.  Under the agreement, Mr. Robinson is entitled to an annual base salary and, subject to the sole discretion of our Compensation Committee, annual incentive bonus in an amount equivalent to forty percent (40%) of his then-annual base salary, taking into consideration the achievement of goals and metrics established by the President and CEO, which goals and metrics shall be updated on an annual basis. Compensation expense of $312,000 and $185,000, comprised of base salary and the incentive bonus, was recorded during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006. The agreement also provided for a grant of 200,000 shares of restricted common stock, with 60,000 shares vesting upon commencement of employment and one-third of the remaining restricted shares (or 46,666 shares) vesting annually thereafter. Either we or Mr. Robinson may terminate his employment at any time, for any reason or no reason at all; however, if Mr. Robinson is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason (as defined) or if he dies, he is entitled to twelve months of his then-annual base salary, as well as the pro-rated amount of incentive compensation due as of the effective date of termination and one year of accelerated vesting of the restricted stock under the employment agreement. If Mr. Robinson’s employment is terminated with cause or if he voluntarily resigns, he is entitled to his base salary and other benefits through the last day actually worked.

Operating Leases

We lease several facilities under operating leases expiring through 2007. Certain leases require us to pay increases in real estate taxes, operating costs and repairs over certain base year amounts. Lease payments for the years ended December 31, 2007, and 2006 were $292,000, and $288,000, respectively.

Future minimum rental commitments under all non-cancelable operating leases are as follows (in thousands):

Year Ending December 31

     

 

 

 

2008

 

$

311

 

2009

 

 

74

 

2010

 

 

55

 

 

 

$

  440

 

Capital Lease Obligation

We lease certain equipment under a non-cancelable lease agreement at a fixed interest rate of 25%. The lease is accounted for as capital lease. The equipment under the capital lease as of December 31, 2007 had a cost of $358,000. The equipment had not yet been placed in service so no depreciation expense was incurred. Future minimum commitments under all non-cancelable capital leases are as follows (in thousands):

Year Ending December 31

     

 

 

 

2008

 

$

  203

 

2009

 

 

274

 

Total minimum lease obligation

 

 

477

 

Less interest

 

 

(119

)

Present value of total minimum lease obligation

 

$

  358

 

Commercial Commitments

We have entered into a number of agreements with telecommunications companies to purchase communications services.  Some of the agreements require a minimum amount of services purchased over the life of the agreement, or during a specified period of time.

Glowpoint believes that it will meet its commercial commitments. In certain instances where Glowpoint did not meet the minimum commitments, no such penalties for minimum commitments have been assessed and the Company has entered into new agreements. It has been our experience that the prices and terms of successor agreement are similar to those offered by other carriers.



F-28





Glowpoint does not believe that any loss contingency related to a potential shortfall should be recorded in the consolidated financial statements because it is not probable, from the information available and from prior experience, that Glowpoint has incurred a liability.

Future minimum commercial commitments under carrier agreements are as follows (in thousands):

Year Ending December 31

     

 

 

 

2008

 

$

2,913

 

2009

 

 

1,242

 

 

 

$

4,155

 

Note 18 – Adjustments Related to Prior Fiscal Periods

During the quarter ended December 31, 2007, the Company identified and recorded certain adjustments related to the year ended December 31, 2006 and to the period ended September 30, 2007. The adjustments are related to recognizing a derivative liability related to the placement agent and financial advisory warrants issued in connection with the March and April 2006 and September 2007 private placements of the Senior Secured Notes. Had these adjustments been reflected in the year ended December 31, 2006, the derivative liability in the balance sheet would have been increased by $147,000, Additional Paid in Capital would have been reduced by $296,000 and other income from the decrease in the fair value of derivative financial instruments would have been $149,000 greater. There was no impact on the loss from operations. The effect of these adjustments, was to increase the net loss and net loss attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2007 by $149,000. The effect on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet and consolidated statements of operations as of September 30, 2007, June 30, 2007 and March 31, 2007 were not considered to be material. The effect of recording the adjustment in the fourth quarter of 2007 was to reduce the Company’s net income by $32,000.  The Company’s consolidated financial statements for prior periods have not been restated since the amounts of the adjustments are not material either quantitatively or qualitatively to the consolidated balance sheet, consolidated statement of operations or consolidated statement of cash flows or the consolidated financial statements taken as a whole.

Note 19 – Subsequent Events

In February 2008, the Company entered into a three year lease with an effective date of January 1, 2008 for its corporate office in Hillside, New Jersey. The lease is terminable on six months notice so long as such termination date is not before December 31, 2008.  The base monthly lease payment is $18,000 for the life of the lease.






F-29





PART II  INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

 

The following table sets forth the various expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions), we expect to incur in connection with the offering described in this registration statement.

 

 

 

 

 

SEC Registration Fee

 

$

891.36

Listing or Quotation Fees

 

 

0

Printing and Engraving Expenses

 

 

9,000

Legal Fees and Expenses

 

 

48,000

Accounting Fees and Expenses

 

 

42,000

Blue Sky Fees and Expenses

 

 

3,300

Transfer Agent Fees and Expenses

 

 

0

Miscellaneous

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

103,191.36


*

To be completed by amendment

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

 

Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the action, suit or proceeding, provided the person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. A similar standard of care is applicable in the case of actions by or in the right of the corporation, except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action was brought determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, the person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for expenses that the Delaware Court of Chancery or other court shall deem proper.

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that no director shall be personally liable to us or any of our stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability:

 

·

for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our shareholders;

·

for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

·

pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which related to unlawful payments or dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or

·

for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.



II-1





Our bylaws provide that officers and directors shall be indemnified if any such person is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director or officer, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the action, suit or proceeding, provided the person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. Our bylaws also provide that we must advance expenses to our directors and officers in connection with their defense.

We maintain a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy to insure our directors and officers against liability for actions or omissions occurring in their capacity as a director or officer, subject to certain exclusions and limitations.

Insofar as limitation of, or indemnification for, liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such limitation or indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and therefore, is unenforceable.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

 

The following sets forth all securities sold by Glowpoint within the past three years which were not registered under the Securities Act. No underwriters were used in any such transactions. All sales of securities described below were made in reliance upon the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act (and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder) for transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. None of the transactions was effected using any form of general advertising or general solicitation as such terms are used in Regulation D under the Securities Act. The recipients of securities in each such transaction represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the restricted securities issued in such transactions.

March 2005

In March 2005, we raised net proceeds of $9,376,000 in a private placement offering of 6,766,667 shares of our common stock at $1.50 per share. Investors in the private placement offering were also issued warrants to purchase 2,706,667 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $2.40 per share. The warrants expire five years after the closing date. The warrants are subject to certain anti-dilution protection (minimum price of $1.61). The warrants may be exercised by cash payment of the exercise price or by "cashless exercise”. As a result of subsequent financings, the conversion price of these warrants has been adjusted to $1.79 as of December 31, 2006.

In March 2005, 83.333 shares of our outstanding Series B convertible preferred stock and accrued dividends of $183,000 were exchanged for 1,333,328 shares of our common stock and warrants to purchase 533,331 shares of our common stock with an excess aggregate fair value of $1,167,000. We recognized deemed dividends of $1,167,000 during the 2005 period in connection with the warrants and a reduced conversion price, which were offered as an inducement to convert.

March 31, 2006 and April 12, 2006

In March and April 2006, we issued senior secured convertible notes and warrants to purchase common stock in a private placement to accredited investors. In the March and April 2006 financing, we issued $5,665,000 and $515,000, respectively, with a total aggregate principal amount of $6,180,000 of our Senior Secured Notes, Series A warrants to purchase 6,180,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.65 per share and Series B warrants to purchase 6,180,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share. These warrants expire five years after issuance and are subject to certain anti-dilution protection. The Series B warrants only become exercisable (i) after we make available to the public our financial statements for the fourth quarter of 2006 and (ii) if we fail to achieve positive operating income, excluding certain restructuring and non-cash charges, identified on Schedule A of the Series B warrants, as amended, in the fourth quarter of 2006. We determined that the Series B warrants are not exercisable because we achieved positive operating income, excluding the restructuring and non-cash charges listed on Schedule A of the Series B warrants, as amended, in the fourth quarter of 2006.



II-2





The Senior Secured Notes bear interest at 10% per annum (which increases to 12% commencing one (1) year following the issuance date), originally provided for a maturity on September 30, 2007 and, at the election of the holder, are convertible into common stock at a conversion price of $0.50 per share. We have the option to pay the accrued interest for the Senior Secured Notes in cash or additional Senior Secured Notes. To date, all interest payments have been made by issuing additional Senior Secured Notes (the “Senior Secured Interest Notes”). As of September 21, 2007, the principal amount of the then outstanding Senior Secured Interest Notes totalled approximately $1,001,277. On September 21, 2007, we extended the maturity date of the then outstanding Senior Secured Notes to March 31, 2009.

We also agreed to reduce the exercise price of previously issued warrants to purchase 3,625,000 shares of common stock held by the investors in this offering to $0.65 from a weighted average price of $3.38, and to extend the expiration date of any such warrants to no earlier than three years after the offering date. The new weighted average expiration date of the warrants will be 3.5 years from a previous weighted average expiration date of 2.9 years. In addition, we issued to the designees and assigns of Burnham Hill Partners placement agent warrants to purchase 618,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.55 per share. All of the warrants issued are subject to certain anti-dilution protection.

September 21, 2007

On September 21, 2007, we issued $3,538,000 aggregate principal amount of our Senior Secured Notes and Series A-2 Warrants to purchase 3,538,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.65 per share. The Senior Secured Notes bear interest at 10% per annum (which increases to 12% commencing one (1) year following the issuance date), mature on March 31, 2009 and are convertible into common stock at a conversion price of $0.50 per share. The Series A-2 Warrants are exercisable for a period of five years.

Pursuant to an Exchange Agreement, dated September 21, 2007, we issued an aggregate of approximately 474.8126 shares of a new Series C Preferred Stock in exchange for cancelling all of our issued and outstanding Series B Preferred Stock, cancelling approximately $1,097,614 of accrued but unpaid dividends due on the Series B Preferred Stock, and surrendering 1,525,000 shares of common stock held by North Sound Capital LLC entities. Each share of Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, has a liquidation preference equal to its stated value, which is $10,000 per share, and is convertible at the holder’s election into 10,000 shares of common stock, subject to adjustment.

Also on September 21, 2007, we issued Series A-2 Warrants to purchase an aggregate of approximately 4,772,822 shares of common stock in consideration for amending our then outstanding Senior Secured Notes to, among other things, extend the maturity date to March 31, 2009 from September 30, 2007, and amending certain terms of the transaction documents from our March and April 2006 private placement. The Series A-2 Warrants have an exercise price of $0.65 per share and are exercisable for a period of five years.

We issued warrants to the designees and assigns of Burnham Hill Partners to purchase (i) approximately 566,080 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.55 per share and (ii) 250,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.65 per share. All of such issued warrants are exercisable for five years.

Securities Granted to Employees, Officers and Directors

Since October 1, 2004, we have routinely granted options to purchase common stock to our employees, directors and consultants and granted shares of restricted stock to our executive officers and directors. These grants and the issuances of common stock upon exercise of the options were exempt either pursuant to Section 4(2), as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering or pursuant to Rule 701, as a transaction pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan. Until registered, the common stock issued upon exercise of the options is deemed to constitute restricted securities for the purposes of the Securities Act.



II-3





Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)

A list of exhibits required to be filed as part of this filing is set forth in the Exhibit Index on page II-7 of this Form S-1, which immediately precedes such exhibits, and is incorporated by reference

(b)

Financial Statement Schedules

 

Financial Statement Schedules have been omitted because they are either not required, not applicable, or the information is otherwise included.


Item 17. Undertakings.

 

(a)

The undersigned Registrant undertakes that:

 

(1)

File, during any period in which it offers or sells securities, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement to:

 

(i)

include any Prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;


(ii)

reflect in the Prospectus any facts or events which, individually or together, represent a fundamental change in the information in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of Prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement.


(iii)

include any additional or changed material information on the plan of distribution.

 

(2)

For determining liability under the Securities Act, treat each post-effective amendment as a new registration statement of the securities offered, and the offering of the securities at that time to be the initial bona fide offering.

 

(3)

File a post-effective amendment to remove from registration any of the securities that remain unsold at the end of the offering.

 

(4)

For determining liability of the undersigned registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

(i)

any preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;


(ii)

any free writing Prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;


(iii)

the portion of any other free writing Prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and



II-4






(iv)

any other communication in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

(5)

That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, if the registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each Prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than Prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date that it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or Prospectus that is part of a registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or Prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or a Prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

 

(6)

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been informed that in the opinion of the Securities And Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.


 

 



II-5






SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Township of Hillside, State of New Jersey, on March 27, 2008.

 


     

Glowpoint, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael Brandofino

 

 

Name: Michael Brandofino

 

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 27, 2008.


/s/ Michael Brandofino

     

Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director

Michael Brandofino

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Edwin F. Heinen

 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

Edwin F. Heinen

 

 

 

 

 

* /s/ Aziz Ahmad

 

Director

Aziz Ahmad

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Director

Bami Bastani

 

 

 

 

 

* /s/ Dean Hiltzik

 

Director

Dean Hiltzik

 

 

 

 

 

* /s/ James Lusk

 

Director

James Lusk

 

 

 

 

 

* /s/ Richard Reiss

 

Director

Richard Reiss

 

 

 

 

 

* /s/ Peter Rust

 

Director

Peter Rust

 

 

 

 

 

*By:

/s/ Michael Brandofino

 

 

 

Michael Brandofino, Attorney-in-Fact

 

 

 




II-6





EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit

Number

 

 

Description

 

 

 

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. (1)

3.2

 

Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Wire One Technologies, Inc. changing its name to Glowpoint, Inc. (8)

3.3

 

Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Glowpoint, Inc. increasing its authorized common stock to 150,000,000 shares from 100,000,000 shares. (19)

3.4

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws. (8)

3.5

 

Amendment to Amended and Restated Bylaws (21)

4.1

 

Specimen Common Stock Certificate. (16)

4.2

 

Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series C Preferred Stock. (19)

4.3

 

Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series D Preferred Stock. (19)

4.4

 

Certificate Eliminating Series A Preferred Stock. (22)

4.5

 

Certificate Eliminating Series B Preferred Stock. (22)

10.1

 

Glowpoint, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan. (2)

10.2

 

Form of Warrant to purchase Common Stock, dated January 10, 2002. (3)

10.3

 

Form of Warrant to Purchase Shares of common stock of Registrant. (4)

10.4

 

Registration Rights Agreement dated as of December 17, 2002, between Registrant and the Purchasers set forth therein. (4)

10.5

 

Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated as of December 17, 2002, between Registrant and the Purchasers set forth therein. (4)

10.6

 

Warrant to Purchase Shares of common stock of Glowpoint, Inc. (5)

10.7

 

Common Stock Purchase Agreement between Registrant and the Purchasers Listed on Exhibit A. (5)

10.8

 

Placement Agent Agreement, dated August 4, 2003, between Registrant and Burnham Hill Partners, as amended as of January 29, 2004. (8)

10.9

 

Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, dated August 8, 2001. (6)

10.10

 

Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, dated June 14, 2000. (7)

10.11

 

Employment Agreement with Joseph Laezza, dated as of March 11, 2004. (8)

10.12

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Michael Brandofino, dated July 1, 2004. (9)

10.13

 

Form of Common Stock Purchase Agreement, dated March 14, 2005. (10)

10.14

 

Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, dated March 14, 2005. (10)

10.15

 

Form of Exchange Agreement, dated March 14, 2005. (11)

10.16

 

Placement Agent Agreement, dated March 19, 2005, between Registrant and Burnham Hill Partners. (16)

10.17

 

Separation Agreement with Stuart Gold, dated as of April 5, 2006. (16)

10.18

 

Separation Agreement with David C. Trachtenberg dated as of April 6, 2006. (16)

10.19

 

Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2006, between Glowpoint and the purchasers set forth therein, which reflects the same terms as the Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated April 12, 2006. (12)

10.20

 

10% Senior Secured Convertible Promissory Note, dated as of March 31, 2006, which reflects the same terms as the 10% Senior Secured Convertible Promissory Note, dated April 12, 2006. (12)

10.21

 

Form of Series A Warrant to Purchase Common Stock dated as of March 31, 2006, which reflects the same terms as the Series A Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, dated April 12, 2006. (12)

10.22

 

Form of Series B Warrant to Purchase Common Stock dated as of March 31, 2006, which reflects the same terms as the Series B Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, dated April 12, 2006. (12)

10.23

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2006, between Glowpoint and the purchasers set forth therein, which reflects the same terms as the Registration Rights Agreement, dated April 12, 2006. (12)

10.24

 

Security Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2006, between Glowpoint and the secured parties set forth therein, to which a joinder agreement was executed on April 12, 2006. (12)



II-7








10.25

 

Form of Placement Agent Warrant, dated as of March 31, 2006, between Glowpoint and the parties set forth therein. (12)

10.26

 

Employment Agreement with David W. Robinson, dated May 1, 2006 (13)

10.27

 

Employment Agreement with Edwin F. Heinen, dated January 30, 2007. (14)

10.28

 

Employment Agreement Amendment with David W. Robinson, dated April 24, 2007. (15)

10.29

 

Employment Agreement Amendment with Edwin F. Heinen, dated April 24, 2007. (15)

10.30

 

Employment Agreement Amendment with Michael Brandofino, dated May 15, 2007 (15)

10.31

 

Employment Agreement Amendment with Joseph Laezza, dated May 15, 2007. (15)

10.32

 

Employment Agreement Amendment with Michael Brandofino, dated June 26, 2007 (17)

10.33

 

Glowpoint, Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. (18)

10.34

 

Employment Agreement Amendment with David W. Robinson, dated September 20, 2007. (19)

10.35

 

Form of Amendment No. 1 to Senior Secured Promissory Notes, dated September 21, 2007. (19)

10.36

 

Form of Amendment No. 1 to Series A Warrant, dated September 21, 2007. (19)

10.37

 

Amendment No. 1 to Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 21, 2007, between Glowpoint and the Purchasers set forth therein. (19)

10.38

 

Amendment No. 1 to Security Agreement, dated as of September 21, 2007, between Glowpoint and the Secured Parties set forth therein. (19)

10.39

 

Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 21, 2007, between Glowpoint and the Purchasers set forth therein. (19)

10.40

 

Form of 10% Senior Secured Convertible Promissory Note, dated September 21, 2007. (19)

10.41

 

Form of Series A-2 Warrant, dated September 21, 2007. (19)

10.42

 

Exchange Agreement, dated September 21, 2007, between Glowpoint and the Holders set forth therein. (19)

10.43

 

Form of Placement Agent Warrant, dated September 21, 2007. (19)

10.44

 

Letter Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2007, amending the amended Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 21, 2007, between Glowpoint and the Purchasers set forth therein. (20)

10.45

 

Lease Agreement for premises located at 225 Long Avenue, Hillside, New Jersey, dated as of December 31, 2007, between Registrant and Vitamin Realty Associates, L.L.C. (22)

10.46

 

Restricted Stock Award Agreement form and Schedule of Recently Reported Restricted Stock Awards. (22)

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Glowpoint, Inc. (22)

23.1

 

Consent of Registered Independent Public Accounting Firm, Amper, Politziner & Mattia, P.C. (23)

31.1

 

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Executive Officer. (22)

31.2

 

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Financial Officer. (22)

32.1

 

Section 1350 Certification of the Chief Executive Officer. (22)

32.2

 

Section 1350 Certification of the Chief Financial Officer. (22)

 

 

 

(1)

Filed as an appendix to View Tech, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-95145) and incorporated herein by reference.

(2)

Filed as an exhibit to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2000, and incorporated herein by reference.

(3)

Filed as an exhibit to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 15, 2002, and incorporated herein by reference.

(4)

Filed as an exhibit to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated December 23, 2002, and incorporated herein by reference.

(5)

Filed as an exhibit to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 26, 2004, and incorporated herein by reference.

(6)

Filed as an exhibit to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-69432) and incorporated herein by reference.

(7)

Filed as an exhibit to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 10, 2000, and incorporated herein by reference.

(8)

Filed as an Exhibit to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference.



II-8








(9)

Filed as an exhibit to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2004, and incorporated herein by reference.

(10)

Filed as an exhibit to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 14, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference.

(11)

Filed as an exhibit to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, and incorporated herein by reference.

(12)

Filed as an exhibit to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 4, 2006, and incorporated herein by reference.

(13)

Filed as an exhibit to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 5, 2006, and incorporated herein by reference.

(14)

Filed as an exhibit to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 2, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.

(15)

Filed as an exhibit to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 21, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.

(16)

Filed as an exhibit to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, and incorporated herein by reference.

(17)

Filed as an exhibit to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 26, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.

(18)

Filed as an exhibit to Registrant’s Definitive Proxy on Schedule 14A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 30, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.

(19)

Filed as an exhibit to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 24, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.

(20)

Filed as an exhibit to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 11, 2008, and incorporated herein by reference.

(21)

Filed as an exhibit to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 30, 2008, and incorporated herein by reference.

(22)

Filed as an exhibit to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.

(23)

Filed herewith.





II-9